Home

Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command

1. 5 6 Output for the show ports info config Command ssssusssss 5 6 Output for the show ports info interface Command sssss 5 7 Output for the show ports stats bridging Command uri 202086 B Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 5 10 Figure 5 11 Figure 5 12 Figure 5 13 Figure 5 14 Figure 5 15 Figure 5 16 Figure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 19 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 Figure 5 23 Figure 5 24 Figure 5 25 Figure 5 26 Figure 5 27 Figure 5 28 Figure 5 29 Figure 5 30 Figure 5 31 Figure 5 32 Figure 5 33 Figure 5 34 Figure 5 35 Figure 5 36 Figure 5 37 Figure 5 38 Figure 5 39 Figure 5 40 Figure 5 41 Figure 5 42 Figure 5 43 202086 B Output for the show ports stats interface main Command 5 8 Output for the show ports stats interface extended Command 5 8 Output for the show ports info vlans Command esses 5 9 Output for the show mirrorinfo Command Leer tme 5 11 Output for the config mlt info Command esses D12 Output for the config mit add info Command eue 5 12 Output for the show mit error collision Command esses 5 13 Output for the show mlt error main Command sssssssss 5 13 Output for the show et ino COImm amp rd esie eicere nacen 5 14 Output for the show mit sta
2. PORT IN FRAME IN FRAME IN FRAME OUT FRAME OUT FRAME OUT FRAME NUM UNICAST MULTICAST BROADCAST UNICAST MULTICAST BROADCAST 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 1 124687 2 4020 0 0 3 2 7516 115633 5346 191 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 7 Output for the show ports stats bridging Command 202086 B 5 7 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ports stats interface main This command displays basic interface information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats interface main lt ports gt Figure 5 8 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports stats interface main Port Stats Interface PORT NUM IN OCTETS OUT OCTETS IN PACKET OUT PACKET IN FLOWCTRL OUT FLOWCTRL 1 1 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 64173354 10873317 188653 131405 0 0 46163744 58269003 172109 129243 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 8 Output for the show ports stats interface main Command show ports stats interface exiended This command displays extended port interface information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats interfac xtended ports Figure 5 9 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports stats interface extended Port Stats Interface Extended PORT NUM IN UNICST OUT UNICST IN MULTICST OUT MULTICST IN BRDCST OUT BRDCST 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
3. 4 14 Example of Commands to Deny Access erm tn 4 15 Output for the show sys access policy info Command 4 16 Output for the config sys set action info Command suus 4 17 Output for the config sys set flags info Command sss 4 18 Output for the config sys set info Command sssssssssss 4 20 Output for the config sys set snmp info Command suuse 4 20 Output for the show sys community Command sss 4 21 Output for the show sys info Command eene nnne ence re Output for the show sys perf Command eese 4 22 Output tor the show sys sw Command 1 iisssueaccaesuexataxuuu uaa Ax enit na kun 4 23 Output for the config sys syslog info Command sss 4 25 Output for the show sys syslog general info Command 4 25 Output for the show sys syslog host Command sss 4 26 Output for the config web server set info Command 4 27 Output for the show web server Command sss 4 27 Output for the config ethernet info Command sess 5 3 Output for the show ports error collision Command 5 4 Output for the show ports error main Command suus 5 5 Output for the show ports error extended Command
4. Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config web server disable page 4 26 config web server enable config web server info config web server set info config web server set password lt ro rw rwa gt lt username gt lt passwd gt copy lt srcdevfile gt lt destdevfile gt debug ip lt value gt page 3 18 cwc page 3 10 date delete lt devfile gt page 3 18 directory lt device gt l exit page 3 10 format lt device gt help lt command gt history login logout monitor mlt error collision lt mid gt page 8 1 monitor mlt error main lt mid gt monitor mlt stats interface main lt mid gt monitor mlt stats interface utilization lt mid gt monitor ports error collision lt ports gt monitor ports error extented lt ports gt monitor ports error main lt ports gt monitor ports error ospf lt ports gt monitor ports stats bridging lt ports gt monitor ports stats dhcp lt ports gt monitor ports stats interface main lt ports gt monitor ports stats interface extended lt ports gt monitor ports stats interface utilization lt ports gt monitor ports stats ospf main lt ports gt monitor ports stats ospf extended lt ports gt monitor ports stats routing lt ports gt monitor ports stats stp lt ports gt monitor ports stats vrrp lt ports gt 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Ta
5. 1 8 BOOL FIAS eT EPI 1 8 SeN Fast MaB garenas 1 8 PRAA ONET aa a N Es treren penton tree rere rete 1 9 a NL eM 1 9 cis f 1 9 LOT FN M 1 10 Gomiguraton FICS ssn DIE EN P DAE li FIOS m 1 10 ice TET E EU 1 10 202086 B v Devices and File Names 2 i asi di ca oa Feed ii Ep a eet Berto vt d a pedi tani an eebadvetee 1 10 System Flash and PCMCIA File Names essen 1 11 ic pu cM il M 1 11 giE cune Is c 1 12 Ro UENIRE TOES ES Bop 1 13 GOD erre cT TENE 1 15 Copy Script File to Running Contig unice tuasdte te au ndi ehe pri od kn Ges dod Ces annee cas dd T RR PIOUS e M 1 17 zo p e 1 17 aiu P S SM T c mr c Acc lar Access Levels and PASSWOrdS ui cere tbt rer E Rb na EROR nn E FRA E pa nates 1 18 PRI P nr ci MEE RN 1 18 Layer 2 Read Write ACOOSO dq 1 18 Layer 3 Read Wro ACCOSS heunsinimiisan anni eae 1 18 Road ao ACCO E a aaa a S Read Wre A ACCESS Em 1 19 Telnet and Console Passwords 15 icresairtnacntinasteis ck ubt ean ranea 1 19 CLI Commands to Change the Console Telnet Password 1 20 Chapter 2 Boot Monitor Command Line Interface System and Stalon Pegquiremballls 53
6. 5 11 Show Mi COMMIS saiia A A E EAA 5 12 Show mit enmor COMBION cisco pee tien cade tni bae dr Opa aee R e 5 13 BUTEA ITO POE eu td eor psp tr SD deg oai Ero ede at ua rend tui aat utt 5 13 Ce Pw A BONE Q D i M 5 14 202086 B Spanning Tee Group Cabs ER o S 5 15 canid Sio WOT in RETO E 5 15 GONUG ethernet ports sig Commande satis cieckcduscecdaneccessibunthcdaeiouscnenaidscenatnudscensoeauenes 5 16 SOW Sig COMMANEE Gases tiv bpoG E RONDA ra 5 17 SNOW SOT IO EOT Manone cr A SOW BIG ITO STRUIE MM NEM 5 18 show poris inio IU An serieei eiiie e EnA E ana SEN 5 19 show poris NO Sig Sdendod auesssatbonsaidst na afd tte riaod neniesa A T d BOW poris STATE BIS saaa 5 20 VLAN CMOS e 5 21 contig vilan create Commands cscinasincdcxnvencasacinnnsdddcxeondddadernnteddcanwetedaaetoeteddatiannet aar Oe conlig vian General Commands sssini 5 22 show vlan General COmmMandS REUS 5 24 SPON VA O DASE MN 5 24 ci van O TNE aaa E eee 5 24 Shon vi IO PONE seened a a a REI Dp EU EDU E rr 5 25 COI vian Tao Commando eC 5 26 Show van WO CNIS P show vian I RETIN raa EE 5 28 show vian iiio TORTIE ME 5 29 show vian JD TOO IRIN aa scccnevensssinienncddaivemanaiGinetaniuadnetennsdanteeandiuaieanniuatoetandien 5 29 config Wan amp spo CONMNANOS 12 csxcaputi rex dp DR RA REFER on ERR eR 5 29 SHOW vian rgmp apnoop Commands 1 traiter err deprived Ee Hes Mastenermae DOR show vian
7. 6 8 Output for the show ip forwarding Command esee 6 4 Output for the show ip interface Command eese 6 4 Output for the show ip route discovery Command ssusss 6 5 Output for the show ip route info Command sese 6 5 Output for the show ip diffserv rule info Command ssuss 6 7 Output for the config ethernet ip info Command s 6 8 Output for the show ports info ip Command s 6 9 Output for the config vlan ip info Command sess 6 10 Output for the show vlan info ip Command seen 6 10 Output for the config ip arp info Command sss 6 11 Output for the show ip arp info Command see 6 12 Output for the config ethernet ip arp response info Command 6 13 Output for the config ethernet ip proxy info Command 6 13 Output for the show ports info arp Command sss 6 14 Output for the config vlan ip proxy info Command esses 6 15 Output for the config vlan ip resp info Command 6 15 Output for the show vlan info arp Command eese 6 15 Output for the config ethernet ip dhcp relay info Command 6 18 Output for the show ports info dhcp Command l 6 19 Output
8. ip command Use this command to assign an IP address to the diagnostic Ethernet port ip lt device gt lt ipaddr gt netmask gateway lt mgmtnet gt 2 4 202086 B Boot Monitor Command Line Interface Table 2 1 Boot Monitor CLI Commands continued Commands See page ping command Use this command to test the network connection between the Accelar 1000 Series Chassis diagnostic port and another networking device ping device lt ipaddr gt lt size gt quit command Use this command to end the Boot Monitor CLI session and reboot the Accelar 1000 Series Chassis quit show command Use this command to display boot configuration parameters show configuration type gt log command Use this command to display system log information log create lt device gt log clear device filename nblocks log show device filename tail trace command Use this command to display trace file information trace show tail device filename gt 202086 B 2 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Boot Commands The boot commands enable you to display and modify boot parameters and to reset or reboot the system Note Entering a boot command with no arguments will cause the switch to follow the current boot choices and boot the switch The boot commands include the following boot lt devic
9. 7 18 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters IP Filters IP filters on Accelar routing switches can be used to manage traffic and in some cases to provide security Each filter set includes match conditions and actions to be performed when a match condition is satisfied Note Implementation of IP traffic filters requires A ARU2 or later hardware Packet filters apply to all routed packets to be forwarded through the routing switch on specified ingress ports The filter sets are applied to the port and a default action forward or drop is set for the port All packets not matching any filter take the default action packets matching a single filter with the opposite action will take that action For more explanation of filtering refer to Networking Concepts for the Accelar Series 1000 Routing Switch config ip filter Commands The following groups of commands are included e config ip traffic filter page 7 20 e config ip traffic filler create page 7 20 e config ip traffic filter filter page 7 21 e config ip traffic filter filter action page 7 22 e config ip traffic filter filter match page 7 23 e config ip traffic filter global set page 7 24 e config ip traffic filler set page 7 25 e config ethernet ip traffic filter page 7 26 202086 B 7 19 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip traffic filter Commands The generic filter commands have th
10. Port Rip PORT NUM ADVERTISE ACCEPT TRIGGERED ENABLE DEFAULT DEFAULT UPDATE AU OAGG ENABLE SUPPLY LISTEN POISON 1 1 false 3 1 false 3 2 false 3 3 false 3 4 false 3 5 false Figure 6 34 false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false fal fal fal fal fal fal Q0 oo000 0 tru tru false tru tru false tru tru false tru tru false teu tru false tru tru false Output for the show ports info rip Command config vian ip rip Commands The config vian ip commands set RIP parameters for a VLAN where via is the VLAN ID 1 to 4095 These commands have the following syntax and parameters config vlan vid ip rip followed by info advertise when down lt enable disable gt auto aggr lt enable disable gt Displays RIP characteristics on the VLAN Figure 6 35 If enabled the network on this interface will be advertised as up even if no ports in the VLAN are active The default is disabled Note When you create a VLAN with no active ports and enable advertise when down it will not advertise your route until a port is active Then the route will be advertised even when the link is down To disable advertising based on link status this parameter should be disabled Enables or disables automatic route aggregation on the VLAN When enabled
11. e General Usage page 3 2 e Run Time Command List Tree page 3 8 e Navigation Commands page 3 10 e General Commands page 3 10 e File and Device Management Commands page 3 18 e Test Commands page 3 22 Trace Commands page 3 24 System and Station Requirements You can use any terminal or personal computer PC with a terminal emulator as the CLI command station Be sure the terminal has the following features e 9600 bits per second b s 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity no flow control e Serial terminal emulation program such as Terminal for Windows NT or Hyperterm for Windows 95 or 98 e Cable and connector to match the Accelar switch male DTE connector DB 9 202086 B 3 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface You can access the CLI through a direct serial port connection to the switch or for run time CLI you can also access through a Telnet connection or asynchronous dial up modem Accelar switches support up to two CLIs at the modem and console serial ports and up to eight Telnet sessions Note Some features require ARU2 or ARU3 hardware to function To determine the hardware version s in your chassis use the command show system info The resulting display will indicate the ARU level of the chassis and if applicable the cards General Usage When the switch is up and running the Run Time CLI commands enable you to perform most
12. Accelar 1100 config ip policy netlist 3 info create t delete N A name NETLIST 3 add network 1 remove network N A Figure 7 3 Output for the config ip policy netlist info Command config ip policy ospf These commands are used to globally apply the configured OSPF accept or announce policies to the switch After you have set up OSPF policies you must apply the policies before they take effect config ip policy ospf followed by info Displays global status of OSPF accept and announce policies ospf apply accept Globally applies OSPF accept policies to the Switch ospf apply announce Globally applies OSPF announce policies to the switch Note Although individual policies may be configured and enabled they will not take effect until the global apply command is issued 202086 B 7 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip policy ospf accept These commands allow you to configure the OSPF accept policy with a policy ID range from 6001 to 7000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip policy ospf accept lt pid gt followed by info action lt accept ignore gt create delete disable enable exact net list netlist id xt metric type lt typel type2 gt name name precedence precedence range net list netlist id Displays the current OSPF accept policy settings Figure 7 4 Selects whet
13. Accelar 1100 show ip route info Ip Route DST MASK NEXT COST VLAN PORT CACHE OWNER 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 134 177 80 1 1 1 3 16 RUE STATIC 134 177 80 0 255 255 255 0 134 177 80 18 1 1 RUE LOCAL Total 2 INACTIVE STATIC ROUTES Total 0 Figure 6 8 Output for the show ip route info Command 202086 B 6 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip diffserv rule Commands The general config ip diffserve rule commands set Type of Service TOS bits for differentiated services Differentiated Service as defined in RFCs 2474 and 2475 provides an architecture for scalable service differentiation in the Internet The Differentiated Services DiffServ specification defines a code point which is a 6 bit value that has historically been known as the 8 bit Type of Service TOS field in an IP protocol header Within the DiffServ architecture setting this code point provides a means of delivering a differentiated or better class of service for these IP packets Accelar 2 0 software provides the capability of using an IP filter mechanism to set the decimal values that will be used in an IP protocol filter to set the DiffServ bits on an IP frame The DiffServ AND rule is first applied to the 8 bit field and acts as a mask This value can be used to protect or mask bits that may already be set The DiffServ OR rules provide three values that can be used to set the D
14. Accelar 1250 show ip 13 igmp group Igmp Group GRPADDR INPORT MEMBER EXPIRATION 239 255 15 197 1 2 192 168 230 172 146 239 255 160 171 1 2 192 168 230 172 146 239 255 162 227 1 2 192 168 230 172 148 239 255 178 111 1 2 192 168 230 172 146 239 255 184 179 1 2 192 168 230 172 150 239 255 207 31 1 2 192 168 230 172 150 239 255 208 57 1 2 192 168 230 172 152 239 255 209 1 1 2 192 168 230 172 152 239 255 214 171 1 2 192 168 230 172 148 Figure 6 79 Output for the show ip I3 igmp group Command show ip I3 igmp interface This command displays the following information for the interfaces on which layer 3 IGMP is enabled Figure 6 80 is a sample output Accelar 1100 show ip 13 igmp interface Igmp Interface QUERY QUERY WRONG LAS TMEM IF INTVL STATUS VERS QUERIER MAXRSPT QUERY JOINS ROBUST QUERY P3 1 125 active 2 192 168 200 212 10 1 0 2 1 P3 7 125 active 2 192 168 240 212 10 4 0 2 1 P3 16 125 inact 2 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 2 1 Figure 6 80 Output for the show ip I3 igmp interface Command 202086 B 6 71 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ethernet ip I3 igmp Commands These commands configure layer 3 IGMP on the specified port s The commands require the parameter lt ports gt as the port or list of ports slot port slot port and have the following syntax and commands config ethernet ports ip 13 igmp followed
15. page 7 6 config ip policy ospf announce pid action announce ignore config ip policy ospf announce pid add route source lt direct static rip any gt config ip policy ospf announce pid advertise netlist netlist id config ip policy ospf announce pid create config ip policy ospf announce pid delete config ip policy ospf announce pid disable config ip policy ospf announce pid enable config ip policy ospf announce pid exact netlist netlist id gt config ip policy ospf announce pid ext metric lt ext metric gt config ip policy ospf announce pid ext metric type lt type1 type2 gt config ip policy ospf announce pid info config ip policy ospf announce pid name lt string gt config ip policy ospf announce pid precedence precedence config ip policy ospf announce pid range netlist netlist id gt config ip policy ospf announce pid remove route source lt direct static rip any gt config ip policy ospf announce pid rip gateway list addrlist id gt config ip policy ospf announce pid rip interface list addrlist id page 7 7 config ip policy ospf apply accept config ip policy ospf apply announce page 7 5 config ip policy ospf info page 7 5 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ip policy rip accept pid action lt accept ignore gt page 7 9 config ip policy rip
16. show ipx Commands These commands display the configuration of IPX on the switch 6 84 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ipx config This command displays general IPX configuration information for the switch or for a specified IPX network number The command uses the syntax lt IPX network number gt show ipx config Figure 6 91 is a sample output Accelar 105X show ipx config Ipx Config CID NETNUM ENCAPSULATION RIP STATUS UPD HLD DLY SAP STATUS UPD HLD DLY 1 0x00000002 RAW RIP Enabled 60 3 20 SAP Enabled 60 3 20 2 0x00000003 LLC RIP Enabled 60 3 20 SAP Enabled 60 3 20 3 0x00000004 SNAP RIP Enabled 60 3 20 SAP Enabled 60 3 20 4 0x00000005 Ethernet II RIP Enabled 60 3 20 SAP Enabled 60 3 20 5 0x00000006 Ethernet II RIP Enabled 60 3 20 SAP Enabled 60 3 20 6 0x00000007 Ethernet II RIP Enabled 60 3 20 SAP Enabled 60 9 2 Figure 6 91 Output for the show ipx config Command show ipx default This command displays the current IPX RIP and SAP timer default values on the switch Figure 6 92 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ipx default Ipx Default Values RIP Hold Multiplier 3 RIP Delay Timer 50 msec 20 per sec RIP Update Timer 60 sec SAP Hold Multiplier 3 SAP Delay Timer 50 msec 20 per sec SAP Update Timer 60 sec Figure 6 92 Output for the show ipx default Command 202086 B 6 85 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Inte
17. 202086 B 5 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 105X show ports error extended Port Ethernet mrror Extended PORT AC RX NUM ERRORS AC TX DEFFER P ERRORS a ACKET ERRORS p H INK UNKWON IN OUT ACTIV PROTOS FI WCTRL FLWCTRL Co A O OOC OOO eee Figure 5 4 OOO E a gO O Goo O O O O OGO O O O m E o A aa BE E o E e R a E CO fo OOOO COOO CO fo oO SOY SR 2 C9 DD CO OO OC Oo Da C oO SS X Output for the show ports error extended Command show ports info config This command displays general configuration information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports info config lt ports gt This information is also included in the display resulting from the command Figure 5 5 is a sample display show ports info all Accelar 105X show ports info config lt ports gt Port Config PORT LINK AUTO ADMIN OPERATE HIGH LT PORT DUAL NUM TRAP NEG DUPLX SPEED DUPLX SPEED PRIORITY ID LOCKED CONNECTOR 3 1 true true half 0 half 10 false 0 false 3 2 true true half 0 half 10 false 0 false 3 3 true true half 0 half 10 false 0 false 3 4 true true half 0 half 10 false 0 false 3 5 true true half 0 half 10 false 0 false 3 6 true true half 0 h
18. joo bx E EE red oy Fo Apeelar Directory estem 1 14 Login and Password Default Values cccceeeescceeeeeesceeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeees 1 19 Boot Monitor CLI Commands escena cec tp R p erm eat x eta aues 2 4 DiffServ Settings and TOS Values a genio peti tnr ci d ee etia 6 6 RIP Supply and Listen Settings and Switch Action 6 30 Monitor and Shaw Commands iussis aad etta ba oen aga kein idea pine eec ar ERE DLUGOImEIQWE LIBI axsssuseietdmitiserhadtt ase tinet ad a Last Byte of Physical MAC Address sse B 5 XXV xxvi 202086 B Preface The Bay Networks Accelar command line interface CLI is one method used to configure and manage an Accelar 1000 Series routing switch The CLI as well as the Accelar Management Software graphical user interface GUI allows you to set up configure and manage your Accelar routing switch as a layer 2 switching or as a layer 3 routing device This guide provides information about using the features and capabilities of the CLI to perform network management operations on Accelar routing switches as well as a complete list of CLI commands For general information about networking features in Accelar products refer to Networking Concepts for the Accelar 1000 Series Routing Switch For information about using the Accelar Management Software Device Manager and VLAN Manager refer to Reference for Accelar Management Software Switching Operat
19. obere a pdt tors ed vRUE Cer THEN Rege I1 HU nnn Mond eiia 2 2 Accessing ihe Boot Momfor CLI ix cieusacicck pat dai ama dete bad annt pta dap EE pda a RR pd da SEE Paus aii 2 2 Bot Monitor Command LIGE 3aaiscopdeepaet rp rend iybt dee a S bbU RU PNE Mn sx RM ERE pU E Laeti S EVE a D add 2 8 Bub COMPS cuicsscastk nerd o c AUI d xp on cU Md rr cpi ire LER d P Lo d BP PUE ae 2 6 File and Device Management Commands eese 2 7 gi peus mem 2 9 History LOMAS Hove eased a E E a 2 9 IP COMMER oiran E rere rrr 2 10 POGONIMA ani a aaa a SHON COMMANA RET 2 13 BOLBE IE a e TEE ERN A A ER P I S E E E N T A E 2 14 vi 202086 B Chapter 3 Run Time CLI Description System and Station MSQUINGMICING suites rrundsccernuuedrer evar ktm taue y pma ine ranis ster eai 3 1 CEPE UE aee m 3 2 occ vj ORI T Tr Navigatmo through mo CLE c 3 3 IBID WAY E E E I E P T E E TE E A E 3 5 Port Numbers and IP Addresses TEE 3 5 SPECI Porn NOMD eet cae 3 5 Specifying IP Addresses and Subnet Masks sse 3 7 ACCESSING the Run Time CLI e 3 8 Run Time Command List TEE cocci pt E tb eret aE p nad 3 8 Navigation EDI AE mU o ET SI e Gencal E HIPS 3 10 Eo COMMA ccciaarciceninisedas c dos o DM Urs DUM toe ribus M SPUR UNDE ER EIRM eU CR eU DURS 3 11 Boot Using a Configuration Script File 2 tridente atteso boenenxi
20. 4 Enabled Serial Port 2 52 hw ff ff ff ff ff ff ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0x00000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 5 Enabled Debug Ethernet nic hw 00 e0 16 04 66 00 ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0x00000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 select network interface device 5 Enter ip address 0 0 0 0 Enter netmask 255 0 0 0 Enter default gateway 0 0 0 0 Enter Mgmt Network 0 0 0 0 Net Devices 4 Enabled Serial Port 2 s2 hw ff ff ff ff ff ff ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0x00000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 5 Enabled Debug Ethernet nic hw 00 e0 16 04 66 00 ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0xff000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 ip configuration has been saved Figure 2 4 Output for the ip Command Note The Net 4 Serial port entry applies to the modem port on the Accelar 1200 1250 switch You cannot assign an IP address to this port in software release 2 0 202086 B 2 11 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Ping Command The Boot Monitor ping command allows you to test the connection between the Accelar 1000 Series chassis and another networking device The syntax for the Boot Monitor ping command is ping lt ipaddr gt lt datasize gt lt count gt where e ipaddr is the IP address of the other networking device lt datasize gt count e size is any integer value equal to or greater than 1 The default is 1 Figure 2 5 illustrates an example of output monitor ping X
21. Preface screen text Indicates system output for example prompts and system messages Example Set Trap Monitor Filters vertical line Separates choices for command keywords and arguments Enter only one of the choices Do not type the vertical line when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show ip alerts routes you enter either show ip alerts Or show ip routes but not both This guide uses the following formats to highlight special messages Note This format is used to highlight information of importance or special interest Related Publications For more information about using Accelar Management Software or Accelar routing switches refer to the following publications Networking Concepts for the Accelar 1000 Series Routing Switch Bay Networks part number 205588 A General information and description of how the Accelar routing switch handles various networking features such as VLANs Multi Link Trunking OSPF RIP IPX and so forth Reference for Accelar Management Software Switching Operations Bay Networks part number 205586 A Describes how to use Device Manager to configure and manage layer 2 switching functions with the Accelar routing switch including procedures and illustrations of pertinent screens Reference for Accelar Management Software Routing Operations Bay Networks part number 205587 A Describes how to use Device Manager to configure and manage lay
22. Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Software Release 2 0 Part No 202086 B March 1999 NORTEL NETWORKS NORTEL NETWORKS 4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street Santa Clara CA 95054 Billerica MA 01821 Copyright 1999 Bay Networks Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA March 1999 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks Inc The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance with the terms of that license A summary of the Software License is included in this document Trademarks Bay Networks is a registered trademark of Bay Networks Inc Accelar and the Bay Networks logo are trademarks of Bay Networks Inc Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Restricted Rights Legend Use duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 11 of th
23. back up one level boot the system with an image and configuration file or choices go to top or box level clear configuration commands configuration commands copy a file to a device change current working level display calendar time delete a file from a device list files on a device logout of system format a device display help about cli commands show command history re login to a different access level logout of system ping an ip address ping an ipx address print current working level logout of system recover deleted files on a device reset the system rlogin to a remote host execute a shell command on a remote machine save running configuration to a file or nvram display switch configuration reclaim deleted file space on a device telnet to a remote host test the switch go to top level trace file configuration commands trace route to a remote host back up one level Output for help commands in the Run Time CLI If you type help followed by a specific command help lt command gt you will see a description of the command with a list of subcommands or required and optional parameters Figure 3 5 is the result of typing help config at the prompt 202086 B Run Time CLI Description Accelar 1100 help config Configuration cli commands ela ethernet info ip ipx log mirror mlt rmon setdate stg sys vlan web server cli configuration commands ethernet port configuratio
24. config ethernet ports ip rip default listen lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports ip rip default supply lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports ip rip disable config ethernet ports ip rip enable config ethernet ports ip rip info config ethernet ports ip rip listen lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports ip rip manualtrigger config ethernet ports ip rip poison lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports ip rip supply lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports ip rip trigger lt enable disable gt 202086 B A 3 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter default action forward page 7 26 config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter default action drop config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter default action info config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter add set lt value gt config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter create config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter delete config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter disable config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter enable config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter info config ethernet lt ports gt ip traffic filter remove set lt value gt config ethernet lt ports gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt address lt ipaddr gt page 6 53 config ethernet lt po
25. config ethernet lt ports gt ip dhcp relay followed by max hop max hop min sec min sec mode mode Sets the maximum number of hops before a BootP DHCP packet is discarded 1 to 16 The default is 4 Sets the minimum seconds count set for DHCP If the secs field in the BootP DHCP packet header is greater than this value the switch relays or forwards the packet otherwise the packet is dropped 0 to 65535 The default is 0 seconds Sets DHCP mode to forward BootP messages only DHCP messages only or both The default is both Accelar 1100 config ethernet 3 1 ip dhcp relay info Port 3 1 dhcp relay disable broadcast max hop min sec mode disable 4 0 both Figure 6 22 Output for the config ethernet ip dhcp relay info Command show port dhcp Commands These commands display information about DHCP on the port show ports info dhcp This command displays the DHCP parameters for the specified port or all ports using the format show ports info dhcp lt ports gt Figure 6 23 is a sample display 6 18 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 105X show ports info dhcp Port Dhcp PORT_NUM ENABLE MAX HOP MIN SEC MODE ALWAYS BROADCAST 1 1 false 4 0 both false 3 1 false 4 0 both false 3 2 false 4 0 both false 3 3 false 4 0 both false 3 4 false 4 0 both false 3 5 false 4 0 both false Figure 6 23 Out
26. e boot reboots the system page 3 11 e clear clears statistics or flushes entries from a table page 3 12 e date displays the calendar time The command is valid only on Accelar switches with a real time clock page 3 12 e help lists the commands in the CLI or displays syntax information for a specific command page 3 13 e history lists the commands you already have entered in the current CLI session and lets you modify and reenter commands page 3 15 e login exit quit logout ends the CLI session or allows you to change the access level page 3 16 e ping tests the network connectivity between the routing switch and another networking device page 3 16 e pingipx tests an IPX network connectivity page 3 16 e reset resets the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch page 3 17 e fraceroute allows you to trace the route to a remote host page 3 18 3 10 202086 B Run Time CLI Description Boot Command The boot command reboots the Accelar 1000 Series Chassis with an image and configuration file or choices The optional parameters of the command let you specify the boot source flash PCMCIA card or TFTP server and file name The syntax for the boot command is boot lt devfile gt config lt value gt ip lt value gt file lt value gt where s lt devfile gt is boot image flash pcmcia config nvram tftp trace nic filename e config value is the boot
27. lt ports gt page 5 8 monitor ports stats interface utilization lt ports gt Figure 8 2 monitor ports stats ospf main lt ports gt page 6 50 monitor ports stats ospf extended lt ports gt page 6 50 monitor ports stats routing lt ports gt page 6 62 monitor ports stats stg lt ports gt page 5 19 monitor ports stats vrrp lt ports gt page 6 56 Accelar 1100 monitor mlt stats interface utilization lt mid gt MLT INTERFACE UTILIZATION Monitor Interval 5sec Monitor Duration 300sec THU JAN 01 00 18 14 1970 MLT ID IN OCTETS OUT OCTETS IN UTIL OUT UTIL Figure 8 1 Output for the monitor mlt stats interface utilization Command 8 2 202086 B Monitor Commands Accelar 1100 monitor ports stats interface utilization lt ports gt PORT INTERFACE UTILIZATION Monitor Interval 5sec Monitor Duration 300sec THU JAN 01 00 19 00 1970 PORT NUM IN OCTETS OUT OCTETS IN_UTIL OUT UTIL Co TS OO O Oo Oc Oo dO Q o oO ocu oO OO OO OO OOO OO OS Ww ks Bs e e 3 15 126686 420347 3 16 380635 56853 O OoOOococcooocococococcoccoooco O OC QOC OGOOGO QOLU OQO 0O QG Figure 8 2 Output for the monitor ports stats interface utilization Command 202086 B 8 3 Appendix A CLI Command List This appendix provides the complete CLI command list in alphabetical order with approximate page references for the beginnin
28. seconds config ip I3 igmp interface lt ipaddr gt query max resp integer config ip I3 igmp interface lt ipaddr gt robustval integer config ip I3 igmp interface lt ipaddr gt version lt integer gt page 6 70 config ip info page 6 70 202086 B A 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ip ipflow create src ip lt value gt src port lt value gt dst ip lt value gt dst port lt value gt page 7 2 protocol lt value gt config ip ipflow delete src ip lt value gt src port lt value gt dst ip lt value gt dst port lt value gt protocol lt value gt config ip ipflow info config ip mroute info page 6 2 config ip mroute interface lt ipaddrs gt ttl info config ip mroute interface lt ipaddrs gt ttl lt ttl gt config ip ospf admin state lt enable disable gt page 6 35 config ip ospf area lt area gt create page 6 38 config ip ospf area lt area gt delete config ip ospf area lt area gt import summaries lt true false gt config ip ospf area lt area gt info config ip ospf area area nssa lt true false gt config ip ospf area area range lt ipaddr mask gt create advertise mode value Isa type value config ip ospf area area range lt ipaddr mask gt delete config ip ospf area area range ipaddr mask info config ip ospf area area stub lt true false gt con
29. System is ready 00 416 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System log file flash syslog 0 7 00 383 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart Accelar System Software Release x x x 00 350 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System boot 20 200 FO Code 0x0 Task tShell System reset 13 483 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System is ready 00 416 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System log file flash syslog 0 2 00 383 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart Accelar System Software Release x x x 00 350 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System boot Output for the show log file tail Command 4 10 202086 B Configuring Switch Management show log level This command displays the level of information being entered in the log Figure 4 10 The level ranges from information INFO where all messages are entered to FATAL where only fatal errors are recorded The manufacturing MFG level is for manufacturing purposes only and not available for customer use Accelar 1100 show log level Log Levels are 0 INFO 1 WARNING 2 ERROR 3 MFG 4 FATAL The Log Level is INFO Figure 4 10 Output for the show log level Command RMON Commands The Remote Network Monitoring RMON MIB is an interface between the RMON agent on the Accelar switch and an RMON management application such as Device Manager Although it is currently necessary to use Device Manager to configure RMON on the switch the CLI has limited RMON capability config rmon Commands The config rmon commands enable
30. Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config mlt lt mid gt add info page 5 11 config mlt mid add ports ports config mlt mid add vlan vid config mlt mid create config mlt mid delete config mlt mid info config mlt mid name string config mlt mid remove info config mlt mid remove ports ports config mlt mid remove vlan vid config mlt mid perform tagging lt enable disable gt config rmon disable page 4 11 config rmon enable config rmon info config setdate page 4 12 config stg sid add ports value page 5 15 config stg sid create lt ports gt config stg sid delete config stg sid forward delay lt timeval gt config stg sid group stp lt enable disable gt config stg sid hello interval lt timeval gt config stg lt sid gt info config stg sid max age lt timeval gt config stg sid priority number config stg sid remove ports value config stg sid trap stp lt enable disable gt 202086 B A 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config sys access policy enable lt true false gt page 4 13 config sys access policy info config sys access policy policy lt pid gt accesslevel lt level gt page 4 13 config sys access policy policy lt pid gt create config sys access policy policy lt
31. disable and display RMON status on the switch The options are config rmon followed by info Indicates if RMON is enabled or disabled on the switch disable Disables RMON on the switch enable Enables RMON on the switch 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show rmon Command This command displays status of RMON on the switch Figure 4 11 shows an example of the display from the show rmon command Accelar 11004 show rmon RMON Info Status t on MemorySize 250000 SaveConfig false Figure 4 11 Output for the show rmon Command config setdate Command The config setdate command sets the calendar time in the format day of the week month day hh mm ss year This command is valid only on the Accelar switches with real time clocks If the switch has no real time clock issuing a date or setdate command will result in the message The real time clock is not present The config info command displays the status of this command System Commands These commands manage the switch system and allow you to view system settings The config sys info command displays current configuration information The following are the system command subtopics e Access Policy Commands page 4 13 config sys set action Commands page 4 16 config sys set flags Commands page 4 17 e Other config sys set Commands page 4 18 e show sys Commands page 4 21 config sys sys
32. lt integer gt version lt integer gt Allows tuning for the expected packet loss of a network The range is 2 to 255 with a default of 2 Increase the value if the network is expected to be lossy Sets the version 1 or 2 of IGMP that is running on the VLAN For IGMP to function correctly all routers on a LAN must use the same version The default is IGMPv2 for B hardware and IGMPv1 for A hardware Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip Figure 6 83 last memb query int query interval query max resp robustval version l3 igmp info 1 125 10 2 2 Output for the config vlan ip I3 igmp info Command show vlan info I3 igmp This command displays the IGMP configuration for all VLANs on the switch or for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info igmp vid Figure 6 84 is a sample display Accelar 105Xf show vlan info l3 igmp Vlan Ip Igmp VLAN ID QUERY INTERVAL QUERY MAX RESP ROBUST VERSION LSTMEMBER QUERY 1 125 10 2 version2 1 2 125 10 2 version2 1 3 125 10 2 version2 l 4 125 10 2 version2 1 5 125 10 2 version2 L 6 T25 10 2 version2 1 Figure 6 84 Output for the show vlan info I3 igmp Command 6 74 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features IPX Commands This section provides information about using the Accelar CLI for configuring and displaying the Internet Packet Exchange IPX protocol the Novell Inc adaptation of the Xerox
33. security and password settings 148 202086 B Accelar Basics Read Write All Access Read Write All access allows all the privileges of Read Write access and the ability to change the security settings The security settings include access passwords and the Web based management user names and passwords Telnet and Console Passwords When an Accelar 1000 Series routing switch is accessed for management the user is prompted for a login name and a password The default values for login and password console and Telnet sessions are shown in Table 1 4 Table 1 4 Login and Password Default Values Access Level Default Login Default Password Read Only ro ro Layer 2 Read Write I2 12 Layer 3 and Layer 2 Read Write I3 I3 Read Write rw rw Read Write All rwa rwa Logins and passwords can be changed only if you log in with Read Write All privileges that is the rwa access level The login name for different modes can also be changed When the CLI prompts for login and password the access level is set corresponding to the login and password pair entered The login command allows you to log in again with a different login access by entering the user name and password The prompt remains at the same level that you were before logging in again The logout command allows the user to log out and reenter at the top level prompt If you connect to the routing switch through Telnet logout terminates the Telnet session 202
34. 1000 Series routing switch The config branch is a main branch in the CLI tree used to access all settable parameters in the routing switch The chapter includes the following major sections show config Command page 4 2 show tech Command page 4 4 CLI Management Commands page 4 5 Log Commands page 4 8 RMON Commands page 4 11 config setdate Command page 4 12 System Commands page 4 12 Syslog Commands page 4 23 Web Server Commands page 4 26 202086 B 4 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show config Command This command displays the current switch configuration A complete display is too long to include here representative information is shown in Figure 4 1 Note N A displayed in a show command output indicates that the value is not applicable Accelar 1100 show config box type Accelar 1100 boot monitor version v2 0 0 b6 software version 2 0 0 b10 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION skots a slot 2 slot 3 16x100BaseTXWG ARU2 QUID2 PIC3 ssf 1100 SQUID2 SWIP1 Xyl SYSTEM CONFIGURATION config cli timeout 1800 rmon enable sys set snmp trap recv 10 10 10 0 v1 superagent_autotrap syslog STG CONFIGURATION stg 1 add ports 3 1 3 7 3 11 3 16 MLT CONFIGURATION mlt 1 create name MLT 1 type trunk add vlan 0 add ports 3 8 3 10 ACCESS POLICY CONFIGURATION ip access policy policy 1 IRAFFIC FILTER CONFIGURATION traffic f
35. 240 2 Port3 7 3 320 192 168 240 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 Port3 7 i 305 Figure 6 73 Output for the show ip dvmrp route Command 202086 B 6 65 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ethernet ip dvmrp Commands These commands configure DVMRP at the port level DVMRP must be enabled globally for these settings to take effect The DVMRP port commands require the parameter lt ports gt as the port or list of ports for the command slot port slot port and have the following syntax and commands config ethernet lt ports gt ip dvmrp followed by info Displays DVMRP settings on the port Figure 6 74 enable Enables DVMRP on the port disable Disables DVMRP on the port metric cost Sets the DVMRP route metric where the cost is the maximum number of hops with a value of 1 to 31 Accelar 11004 config ethernet 3 1 ip dvmrp info dvmrp disable metric 1 Figure 6 74 Output for the config ethernet ip dvmrp info Command show ports info dvmrp Commands This command uses the format show ports info dvmrp ports and displays information about DVMRP configuration for the specified port or for all ports Figure 6 75 displays information for all ports on an Accelar 1250 6 66 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 1250 show ports info dvmrp Port Ip Dvmrp PORT NUM DVMRP ENABLE METRIC Tya disable 1 1 2 d
36. 3 1 64005 47627 124715 0 2 0 3 2 51103 60563 115673 0 5347 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 9 Output for the show ports stats interface extended Command 5 8 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features show ports info vlans This command displays VLAN information for all ports or specified port s using the format show ports info vlans ports Figure 5 10 is an example Accelar 105Xf show ports info vlan Port Vlans PORT DISCARD DISCARD DEFAULT VLAN NUM TAGGING TAGFRAM UNTAGFRAM VLANID IDS 1 1 enable false false 1 123456 3 3 disable false false 1 1 3 4 disable false false 1 1 3 6 disable false false 1 1 3 7 disable false false 1 1 Figure 5 10 Output for the show ports info vlans Command config ethernet ports ip Commands The config ethernet port ip commands allow you to assign and delete an IP address for the port config ethernet lt ports gt ip followed by create lt ipaddr mask gt delete lt ipaddr gt Creates an IP address and subnet mask to assign to the port a b c d x a b c d x x x x default The mask can be expressed in dotted decimal notation or as a number of bits Deletes the IP address assigned to the port for example 10 10 20 100 202086 B 5 9 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Mirror Commands Port mirroring is a useful tool for troubleshooting and network traffic analysis Using port mirroring you
37. 3 MACs bySrcMac 1 none N A N A 4 IPX2 byProtocolId 1 ipx802dot2 N A N A 5 IPX3 byProtocolId 1 ipxSnap N A N A Figure 5 29 Output for the show vlan info basic Command show vlan info advance This command uses the format show vlan info advance lt vid gt and shows parameters for the specified VLAN or all VLANs as shown in Figure 5 30 Accelar 105X4 show vlan info advance Vlan Advance VLAN IF HIGH AGING MAC USER ID NAME INDEX PRIORITY TIME ADDRESS ACTION RESULT DEFINEPID 1 Default 257 false 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 none none 0 5 24 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features 2 IPX 3 MACs 4 IPX2 Figure 5 30 258 false 600 00 00 00 00 00 00 none 259 false 600 00 00 00 00 00 00 none 260 false 600 00 00 00 00 00 00 none Output for the show vlan info advance Command show vlan info ports none 0 none 0 none 0 This command displays the port member status for all VLANs on the switch or for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info ports lt vid gt Figure 5 31 is a sample display Accelar 105X show vlan info ports Vlan Port VLAN PORT ACTIVE STATIC NOT_ALLOW ID MEMBER MEMBER MEMBER MEMBER 1 1 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 8 1 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 8 2 1 1 ToC 1 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 12 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 12 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 12 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 12 Figure 5 31 Output
38. 32 Output for show ip rip interface Command 202086 B 6 27 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ethernet port ip rip Commands The config ethernet port ip rip commands configure RIP on specified isolated routing ports RIP must also be enabled globally for the commands to take effect These commands use the port s parameter to specify the ports for which you are entering the command in the form portlist slot port slot port following syntax and parameters The port based RIP commands have the config ethernet ports ip rip followed by info advertise when down enable disable auto aggr lt enable disable gt default listen enable disable disable enable default supply enable disable listen lt enable disable gt manualtrigger Displays RIP characteristics on the port Figure 6 33 If enabled the network on this interface will be advertised as up even if the port is down The default is disabled Note When you configure a port without any link and enable advertise when down it will not advertise your route until the port is active Then the route will be advertised even when the link is down To disable advertising based on link status this parameter should be disabled Enables or disables automatic route aggregation on the port When enabled the router switch automatically aggregates routes to their natural mask when they are a
39. 5 36 Removes a static member from a VLAN where mac is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 fdb entry info Figure 5 33 aging time flush monitor priority monitor priority monitor priority 300 N A true low mac 00 00 81 0b 84 2d status learned true low mac 00 00 81 0b 8f 60 status learned true low mac 00 00 81 0b 8f 83 status learned Output for the config vlan fdb entry info Command 202086 B 5 27 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 fdb filter info add remove N A Figure 5 34 Output for the config vlan fdb filter info Command Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 fdb filter notallowfrom info add remove N A Figure 5 35 Output for the config vlan fdb filter notallowfrom info Command Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 fdb static info add remove N A Figure 5 36 Output for the config vlan fdb static info Command show vlan fdb Commands These commands display VLAN forwarding database information show vlan info fdb entry This command displays forwarding database information for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info fdb entry lt vid gt A sample output is shown in Figure 5 37 5 28 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features Accelar 105X show vlan info fdb entry 1 Vlan Fdb VLAN MAC ID STATUS ADDRESS PORT MONITOR PRIOR
40. 7 31 Chapter 8 Monitor Commands The monitor commands are essentially self updating show commands Set the monitor duration and interval using the following commands config cli monitor duration integer where duration is in seconds 1 to 1800 s config cli monitor interval lt integer gt where interval is in seconds 1 to 600 To clear the display type Ctrl L The available monitor commands are listed in Table 8 1 along with the page reference for the corresponding show command Table 8 1 Monitor and Show Commands Corresponding Show Monitor Commands Command Reference or Figure number monitor mlt error collision lt mid gt page 5 13 monitor mlt error main lt mid gt page 5 13 monitor mlt stats interface main lt mid gt page 5 14 monitor mlt stats interface utilization lt mid gt Figure 8 1 monitor ports error collision lt ports gt page 5 4 monitor ports error extended ports page 5 5 monitor ports error main lt ports gt page 5 13 monitor ports error ospf lt ports gt page 6 49 monitor ports stats bridging lt ports gt page 5 7 202086 B 8 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table 8 1 Monitor and Show Commands Corresponding Show Monitor Commands Command Reference or Figure number monitor ports stats dhcp lt ports gt page 6 20 monitor ports stats interface main lt ports gt page 5 8 monitor ports stats interface extended
41. ARE Re HAE aA n 4 7 show Gi PASSWORT COMINGING ee 4 8 Le ONTOS e T 4 8 Con o OT Om dec P 4 8 show JOG COMIN BIG Mee 4 10 SPON OT TE ME ERI 4 10 ANE OTO an A 4 11 RVOR COMTAS 4 11 telo TmMON COMMONOS ML 4 11 SHOW rom Command iesu diste assist pini pene sime e haededbatisec ssi tasse bna pda ia ri bue dU 4 12 Con Selgaie COMMON isssesueta que med dist AR een eee IG 4 12 vohis eer EG Access xe neni MET 4 13 config sys accesa policy COMMOANGS uuussduescce tub ccita zit e abd da e bad dU bb cdd 4 13 config sys access policy policy Commands isse eres reinen erri ineenerassise 4 d Access Policy Example uode rn Ce VERE GER PEYRR C EOVRRR E EE TRU T iea RE mina iene 4 15 show sys access policy info Command sees 4 15 CORTE SVS cef Bolon Commando 11s ecce tne petita uere ccc Ru n pL D ORE ELIRR E 4 16 CONNG SYS set HOS COR RADI iscriverti ER pi at UR nC a YR 4 17 Other config SVS ser Gommallas 1e veo sapi terere RUELe sd d d pdt topo UA ERE Eoo daqmE vela di pue peras E ET IO show sS Command e 4 21 SROW SyS OITA aieri i a a suai 4 21 SOTE ro F aaa a aa es SPONE Pel ar E 4 22 e E I EEIN I OEE T E A E N T E 4 23 viii 202086 B Spee SMe ts ht eR ETE Terre re 4 23 BORN sys syslog Commands cc ctuctescintiutescstilei ssiunqiedaiteniuetianciinuiacenuulin
42. Accelar 105X show stg info status Stg Status STG BRIDGE ID ADDRESS NUM PROTOCOL TOP PORTS SPECIFICATION CHANGES 1 00 60 16 03 46 01 10 ieee8021d 0 STG DESIGNATE D ROOT ROOT MAX HELLO HOLD FORWARD COST PORT AGE TIME TIME DELAY ID ROOT al self Figure 5 21 2000 200 1500 32 Output for the show stg info status Command show ports info stg main This command displays basic spanning tree group information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports info stg main lt ports gt Figure 5 22 is a sample display 5 18 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features Accelar 105X show ports info stg main ESTP FASTSTART PATHCOST FORWARD_TRANSITION Port Stg PORT NUM PRIORITY STATE ENABL 1 1 128 disabled true false 100 0 3 3 128 disabled true false 100 0 3 4 128 disabled true false 100 0 3 6 128 disabled true false 100 0 Figure 5 22 Output for the show ports info stg main Command show ports info stg extended This command displays extended spanning tree group information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports info stg main Figure 5 23 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports info stg extended lt ports gt Port Stg Extended DESIGNATED PORT NUM ROOT COST BRIDGE PORT 1 1 80 00 00 60 16 03 46 01 0 80 00 00 60 16
43. DHCP relaying on the path from the server lt value gt IP address to the server This is the default mode lt mode gt agent lt value gt Modifies DHCP mode to forward BootP server lt value gt messages only DHCP messages only or both The default is both show ip dhcp Commands show ip dhcp fwd path This command displays DHCP routing information including interface server enabled or disabled and mode forward BootP messages only DHCP messages only or both show ip dhcp counters This command displays DHCP counter information including the number of requests and the number of replies for each interface config ethernet ip dhcp relay Commands These commands allow you to view and configure DHCP parameters on the specified isolated routing port s The port commands require the parameter lt ports gt as the port or list of ports on which you are running the command slot port slot port The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ethernet lt ports gt ip dhcp relay followed by info Displays current DHCP configuration on the port Figure 6 22 broadcast lt enable disable gt Sets whether or not the server reply is sentas a broadcast or unicast back to the end station disable Disables DHCP relaying on the port This is the default state enable Enables DHCP relaying on the port 202086 B 6 17 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface
44. For information about features supported in Accelar switches refer to Networking Concepts for the Accelar Series 1000 Routing Switch The Accelar 1000 Series includes the following models e The Accelar 1200 1250 routing switch e The Accelar 1100 1150 routing switch e The Accelar 1050 1051 standalone routing switch These switches can be managed in a variety of ways mainly through the Accelar Device Manager and VLAN Manager graphical user interfaces GUIs or through the command line interface CLI This manual provides information about the CLL including lists of all available commands and parameters in Accelar software version 2 0 Note For procedures to perform initial setup of the switch configured for basic switching and routing operation refer to Installing the Accelar 1000 Series Chassis shipped in hard copy and on the Accelar Documentation CD This chapter provides information about the basic operation of an Accelar 1000 Series switch Topics covered in this chapter include the following information e Overview of management tools page 1 2 e Boot sequence page 1 4 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface e Flash PCMCIA file system page 1 7 e Accelar access levels and passwords page 1 18 Management Tools Five management tools enable you to monitor and manage your Accelar routing switch e Accelar Device Manager this page e Accelar VLAN Manager this page
45. Network System XNS protocol The Accelar implementation of IPX supports four Ethernet frame formats Ethernet II ipxEthernet2 e 8022 LLC ipx802dot2 e 802 3 RAW ipx802dot3 e 802 3 SNAP ipxSnap In addition to the IPX configuration commands there are also commands for IPX RIP and IPX SAP config ipx Commands The IPX commands allow you to configure an IPX interface on the switch To configure an IPX interface 1 Createa protocol based VLAN using one of the four supported Ethernet frame formats config vlan vid create byprotocol sid lt ipx802dot3 ipx802dot2 ipxSnap ipxEthernet2 gt name lt value gt where vid is the VLAN ID 2 to 4095 sid is the spanning tree ID 1 to 25 protocol is one of the four listed above name lt value gt is the name of the VLAN for example IPX Note You can also create a port based VLAN in IPX The procedure is the same as for a protocol based VLAN except that you do not need to assign an encapsulation method when you create the VLAN Use the command config vlan lt vid gt create byport lt sid gt name lt value gt 2 Remove the ports that you do not want to be part of the interface config vlan lt vid gt ports remove lt ports gt member lt value gt 202086 B 6 75 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface where vid is the VLAN created in step 1 member lt value gt is the slot and port number to be
46. Oa pem 6 84 i eDR aeu y t eL 6 84 Che deerit A E OI E E EE 6 85 Dis DK OTU orisii a a On CASTS MUS PONE UE 6 86 OT BB MR a ENR 6 86 BONY dto M 6 87 Cin qoi HNO TON snide 6 88 Chapter 7 Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters lig ds ipic TEN 7 1 Pers et 910 de M CERTE EO errr tee 7 2 show D TOW t e 7 2 lici 7 3 nemis Roy Mem Ee 7 3 com WO ONCY THO ecccaedisiastusiisinet vnd dais pans mi bas d eM Rena dun E Pda qa MEA a 7 3 conio io ONO BOISE APERTURE TR A E 7 4 config ip policy netlist T Tm CONN DONE sr P 7 5 OBI BOR OST BOUE sadari cdtcu cec tanh ac d Ubces t CORREO Meaasea RARE 7 6 cornig Ip policy ospi GNNOUNCE susirasi sse atn Eva d SERE Pda da anei 7 7 COn O DO EIS o epi e print edes S ARR Di p Pa E rane tU DM RD DIO 7 9 c nig ip poly NE cese Mm cong ie PONEY HP GOING MP 7 11 show p pokey COmMmManNG Me 7 13 Show HO OME GUEST NIU sarria a S cup P DOM m rc TU E 7 14 show 0 poly ospi accepi INO 1udcecibuice riu berobdtatdbte sche case celu lead a uL Gai dO GE 7 14 202086 B XV show ip DOM CDT accepi NSIS crt tee uber ci etse te Esp Dep EA ERI ete 7 15 show ip policy ospf accept match network assesses 7 15 show ip policy ospi announce ITO cuusscossscc e conceeseec
47. PING TEST CCELI Net Devices 4 Enabled Serial Port 2 s2 hw ff ff ff ff ff ff ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0x00000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 5 Enabled Debug Ethernet nic hw 00 e0 16 04 66 00 ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0xff000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 select network interface device 5 Enter destination ip address 192 168 1 1 Enter ping size 48 Using nic to ping press any key to stop ENET hold frame collision outbound frame 2 packets transmitted 0 packets received 100 packet loss monitor gt ping Se PING TEST 2 12 202086 B Boot Monitor Command Line Interface Net Devices 4 Enabled Serial Port 2 s2 hw ff ff ff ff ff ff ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0x00000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 5 Enabled Debug Ethernet nic hw 00 e0 16 04 66 00 ip 0 0 0 0 netmask 0Oxff000000 mgmt net 0 0 0 0 gateway 0 0 0 0 select network interface device 5 Enter destination ip address 192 168 1 1 Enter ping size 48 Using nic to ping press any key to stop ENET hold frame collision outbound frame ENET hold frame collision outbound frame 2 packets transmitted 0 packets received 100 packet loss Figure 2 5 Example of Output for the ping Command Note The Net 4 Serial port entry applies to the modem port on the Accelar 1200 1250 switch You cannot assign an IP address to this port in software release 2 0 Show Command The showcommand displays chassis configuration information The syntax for the
48. The options are to deny receive mode deny transmit mode or deny both Deletes the access list controlling IGMP group membership Displays the access list for the specified multicast address Sets the mode for a group address host mask to deny receive mode deny transmit mode or deny both Sets the ports directly and indirectly attached to a multicast router so the multicast data will be forwarded to the router These are static entries not to be confused with dynamic entries which are learned dynamically ports is the portlist slot port slot port 5 30 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features config vlan vid igmp snoop followed by query interval seconds report proxy enable disable robust value integer sender flush Group IP Address lt Host IP Address gt state lt enable disable gt static members lt GroupAddress gt add lt ports gt lt static blocked gt static members lt GroupAddress gt create lt ports gt lt static blocked gt Sets the query interval in seconds the time between queries sent to the host used to determine the multicast group membership timeouts Should be the same value as that of the multicast router The range is 1 to 65535 The default value is 125 seconds Enables or disables the IGMP report proxy feature When enabled reports are forwarded from hosts to the multicast router once per group per query interval Whe
49. VLAN DVMRP commands configure 6 67 VLAN IP commands 6 9 VLAN IPX commands 6 78 VLAN 13 IGMP commands 6 73 VLAN Manager 1 2 VLAN OSPF commands configure 6 50 show 6 52 202086 B VLAN RIP commands 6 31 VLAN VRRP commands configure 6 55 show 6 56 VLANs creating 5 21 VRRP commands configure 6 52 show 6 57 VLAN 6 55 Ww Web server commands 4 26 Web based management 1 3 Web server commands configure 4 26 show 4 27 202086 B Index 7
50. VLAN commands use this syntax the commands in this section are more generic in nature used to add or remove ports in the VLAN set priority change a VLAN name and so on In all VLAN commands lt vid gt is the VLAN ID from 1 to 4095 The generic VLAN commands use the following syntax and parameters config vlan lt vid gt followed by info action lt action choice gt agetime lt 10 100000 gt delete highpriority lt true false gt name lt vname gt ports add lt ports gt member lt value gt ports info Displays characteristics of the specified VLAN Figure 5 26 Sets the VLAN action none flushMacFdb flushArp flushIp flushDynMemb all flushSnoopMemb triggerRipUpdate flushSn oopMRtr Sets the VLAN aging time in seconds 10 to 1000000 Deletes a VLAN Configures the VLAN high priority setting to on true or off false Changes the name of a VLAN to vname string Adds ports to a VLAN ports is the port list slot port slot port member value is the port member type portmember static notallowed for always sometimes or never a member Displays member status of the ports in the VLAN Figure 5 27 5 22 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features config vlan lt vid gt followed by ports remove lt ports gt Removes ports from a VLAN but does not delete the member lt value gt VLAN srcmacadd lt macaddr gt Adds a source MAC
51. Write e 13is layer 3 and layer 2 Read Write rwa is Read Write All Sets an SNMP trap receiver where e ipaddr is the IP address a b c d e v1 v2c is the version select version 1 or version 2c e commstr is the input community string string Turns topology on or off Displays current SNMP settings Figure 4 18 Note Some features require specific hardware versions A ARU2 or B ARU3 If there is a A or lower module installed in the switch in order to utilize a feature requiring ARU3 you must remove the module or set eoc status to aru3quid5 which allows you to utilize ARU3 features but leaves the lower version module inoperable 202086 B 4 19 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 config sys set info boot primary flash acc2 0 0 b10 secondary flash 1 tertiary net config nvram contact support baynetworks com location 4401 Great America Parkway Santa Clara CA 95052 name Accelar 1100 portlock off sendtrap false topology on eoc mode default Figure 4 17 Output for the config sys set info Command Accelar 1100 config sys set snmp info community ro public rw private 12 private 13 private rwa secret trap recv 134 177 80 248 v2c public 134 177 145 105 v1 superagent autotrap Figure 4 18 Output for the config sys set snmp info Command 4 20 202086 B Configuring Switch Manageme
52. by info Displays current syslog settings Figure 4 23 host lt id gt address Configures a host location for the syslog host where lt ipaddr gt address is the UNIX system syslog host IP address 202086 B 4 23 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config sys syslog followed by host lt id gt create host lt id gt delete host lt id gt facility lt facility gt host lt id gt lt enable disable gt host lt id gt info host lt id gt mapinfo lt level gt host lt id gt mapwarning lt level gt host lt id gt maperror lt level host lt id gt mapfatal lt level gt host lt id gt severity lt info warning fatal gt lt info warning error fatal gt error host lt id gt udp port lt port gt max hosts lt maxhost gt state lt enable disable gt Creates a syslog host Deletes a syslog host Specifies the UNIX facility used in messages to the syslog host where facility is the UNIX system syslog host facility LOCALO to LOCAL7 Enables or disables the syslog host Displays system log information for the specified host This command results in the same output as the show sys syslog host lt id gt info command Specifies the syslog severity level to use for Accelar Information messages emergencylalert critical lerror warning notice info debug Specifies the syslog severity to use for Accelar Warning message
53. can enter from the current prompt 3 Typing help ttychars provides a list of special terminal editing characters 4 Typing syntax displays a path list of commands and parameters available from the current prompt or lt command gt forward 5 Typing help lt command gt or lt command gt help describes a specific command or provides a list of sub commands you can enter from with in lt command gt 6 Typing displays the sub and current context commands available from the current prompt 7 Typing lt command gt displays the sub and current context commands available from the current prompt if the command is a intermediate node in the command tree structure otherwise displays parameter help for the command Figure 3 3 Output of the help Command at the Prompt To see a list of all commands available at the current login access level type help commands at the prompt Figure 3 4 shows the output for typing help commands with Read Write All access in the run time CLI Not all of these commands are available at the other login access levels 202086 B 3 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 help commands back boot box clear config copy cwc date delete directory exit format help history login logout ping pingipx pwe quit recover reset rlogin rsh save show squeeze telnet test top trace traceroute Figure 3 4
54. characteristics on the VLAN Figure 6 54 If enabled the network on this interface will be advertised as up even if no ports in the VLAN are active The default is disabled Note When you create a VLAN with no active ports and enable advertise when down it will not advertise your route until a port is active Then the route will be advertised even when the link is down To disable advertising based on link status this parameter should be disabled Enables OSPF on the VLAN Disables OSPF on the VLAN The OSPF interface area ID for the VLAN the IP address of the VLAN OSPF area Sets the authorization key for the VLAN Specify the key in up to eight characters string type Sets the OSPF authentication type for the VLAN none simple password or MD5 authentication If simple all OSPF updates received by the VLAN must contain the authentication key specified by the area authentication key command If MD5 they must contain the md5 key Sets the OSPF dead interval for the VLAN the number of seconds the routing switch s OSPF neighbors should wait before assuming that this OSPF router is down The range is from 1 to 2147483647 This value must be at least four times the hello interval value The default is 40 6 50 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config vlan lt vid gt ip ospf followed by hello interval lt seconds gt Sets the OSPF hello interval for the VLAN the number of secon
55. compressed format to conserve space The routing switch will automatically unzip uncompress the file upon execution Run Time Images The run time image is an executable file that executes after the boot monitor image initializing the I O modules and providing full routing switch functionality Run time images can be stored and executed from System Flash and PCMCIA 202086 B 1 9 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Boot Monitor Updaters The boot monitor image is low level code that initializes the devices on the Silicon Switch Fabric Module and starts the boot process The boot monitor image is updated by executing a boot monitor updater that replaces the image stored in Boot Flash Log Files Console information warning and error messages are logged to a log file The log file is always stored in System Flash On an Accelar 1200 1250 switch if insufficient space is found at initialization the log is created in the PCMCIA If no log file is present when the run time image executes a new log file is created Log files are 128K divided into two 64K banks When the second bank fills the first bank is erased and used again Configuration Files In addition to the area reserved in Boot Flash for the switch configuration configuration files can be stored and used in System Flash and PCMCIA Script Files Script files are ASCII based text files containing CLI commands that can be read by the s
56. configuration 7 2 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters IP Policies The ip policy commands allow you to configure and view IP policy features supported on an Accelar switch The accept and announce policies can be configured for the switch according to the selected protocol RIP or OSPF A policy is made up of three parts matching criteria set parameters and action The matching criteria are used to decide whether or not a policy should be applied to a certain route Once an announce policy is selected for a route the set parameters are used to construct the route advertisement only if the action is announce Once an accept policy is selected for a route the set parameters are used to introduce the route into the routing table if the action is to accept config ip policy Commands There are several basic categories of IP policy commands e config ip policy info page 7 3 e config ip policy addrlist page 7 4 e config ip policy netlist page 7 4 e config ip policy ospf page 7 5 e config ip policy rip page 7 9 config ip policy info The config ip policy info command displays the current policy settings on the switch 202086 B 7 3 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip policy addrlist These commands set address list matching criteria to suit a given route The parameter 1istid is the address list ID 1 to 1000 The commands use the following syntax a
57. default e dst ip value is the destination IP mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x default source src ip value Creates a source filter dst ip lt value gt e src ip value is the source IP mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x default e dst ip value is the destination IP mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x default Accelar 1100 config ip traffic filter create info global src ip 10 10 20 100 255 255 255 255 dst ip 10 10 30 0 255 255 255 0 source not created destination not created Figure 7 20 Output for the config ip traffic filter create info Command config ip traffic filter filter Commands These commands are the general config ip traffic filter filter commands where lt fid gt is the traffic filter ID 1 to 4000 The commands take the following syntax and parameters config ip traffic filter filter fid followed by info Displays the settings for the specified filter Figure 7 21 delete Deletes the specified traffic filter log stats Enables or disables the logging of statistics for the enable disable filter name lt name gt Gives a name to the filter where name value is the IP filter name string 202086 B 7 21 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip traffic filter filter fid followed by modify info Displays modifications to filter VLAN tagging or DiffServ settings modify diffserv rule Modifies
58. displays the IP policy address lists set on the switch in the syntax show ip policy addrlist info id lt value gt If no address list ID is entered all address lists on the switch are listed Figure 7 8 Accelar 1100 show ip policy addrlist info Policy AddrList ID NAME 1 ADDRLIST 1 Figure 7 8 Output for the show ip policy addrlist info Command If an address list ID is entered the display lists the addresses belonging to that list Figure 7 9 Accelar 1100 show ip policy addrlist info id 1 Policy AddrList ID NAME L ADDRLIST 1 IPADDR dc ee A 105210 1 1 Figure 7 9 Output for the show ip policy addrlist info id 1 Command 202086 B 7 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip policy netlist info This command displays the network lists on the switch in the syntax show ip policy netlist info id lt value gt If no ID is entered information is displayed about all network lists on the switch Figure 7 10 Accelar 1100 show ip policy netlist info Policy NetList ID NAME L redirect_direct Figure 7 10 Output for the show ip policy netlist info Command If an ID is entered information is displayed about that network list only Figure 7 11 Accelar 1100 show ip policy netlist info id 1 Policy NetList NETADDR NETMASK 4 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 Figure 7 11 Output f
59. e Boot Monitor Command Line Interface page 1 3 e Run Time Command Line Interface page 1 3 e Accelar Configuration Page page 1 3 Accelar Device Manager Accelar Device Manager is an SNMP based graphical user interface tool designed to manage single devices In order to use Accelar Device Manager you must have network connectivity to a management station running Accelar Device Manager on one of the supported platforms Accelar Device Manager is the most robust management tool in the Accelar Management Software suite it provides all the functionality you need to manage a single device including the ability to create policy based virtual LANs VLANs For more information about using Accelar Device Manager refer to Reference for Accelar Management Software Switching Operations and Reference for Accelar Management Software Routing Operations Accelar VLAN Manager Accelar VLAN Manager is an SNMP based graphical user interface tool designed to manage VLANs across multiple devices In order to use Accelar VLAN Manager you must have network connectivity to a management station running Accelar VLAN Manager on one of the supported platforms For more information about using Accelar VLAN Manager refer to the Reference for Accelar Management Software Switching Operations 202086 B Accelar Basics Boot Monitor Command Line Interface The Boot Monitor command line interface CLI contains commands that enable you to configure boot
60. filter lt fid gt match src port port src option lt value gt page 7 19 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt modify info page 7 19 config ip traffic filter filter fid modify diffserv rule lt none rule1 rule2 rule3 gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt modify vlan tag priority lt vlan priority number gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt name lt name gt config ip traffic filter global set lt gsetid gt add filter lt fid gt config ip traffic filter global set lt gsetid gt create name lt value gt config ip traffic filter global set lt gsetid gt delete config ip traffic filter global set lt gsetid gt info config ip traffic filter global set lt gsetid gt remove filter lt fid gt config ip traffic filter info config ip traffic filter log interval lt seconds gt config ip traffic filter set lt setid gt add filter fid config ip traffic filter set lt setid gt create name lt value gt config ip traffic filter set lt setid gt delete config ip traffic filter set lt setid gt info config ip traffic filter set lt setid gt remove filter lt fid gt config ip udpfwd info page 6 23 config ip udpfwd interface lt ipaddr gt create lt fwdlistid gt config ip udpfwd interface lt ipaddr gt delete config ip udpfwd interface ipaddr info config ip udpfwd interface l
61. flag Accelar 1200 directory flash Device flash FN Name Flags Length 1 acc2 x x XZN 939357 2 accelar st 100 XZN 895483 3 syslog LN 130896 4 config 100 CN 4200 5 system trace file DT 65360 5 files bytes used 2162688 free 2031616 Accelar 1200 Figure 1 1 Accelar 1200 Directory Flash Example The 1 option in directory shows the file details In particular it shows the original file name of any run time executables 202086 B Accelar Basics There are no file compression commands in the command line interface A zipped executable file that is copied to the file system will be automatically unzipped upon execution Copy The copy command copies an image from a source device to a destination device usage copy lt srcdevfile gt lt destdevfile gt The parameters are defined as follows srcdevfile File name or number of the source file in flash pcmcia config nvram tftp or trace destdevfile File name or number of the destination file in flash pcmcia config nvram tftp For the copy command the source is either a specific file or one of the reserved device names If a destination file name is not specified the file name will stay the same as the source file name The copy command appends the file to the last unused memory block on the device The sample output of the directory flash command in Figure 1 2 shows that two images currently reside in flash memory Accelar 11004 dir flash Dev
62. for the diagnostic Ethernet port A default TFTP server and file to retrieve for the bootstrap TFTP client If Autoboot is disabled or interrupted at the console the boot process stops At this stage the user has access to the Boot Monitor CLI at the console In the Boot Monitor CLI the user can set the boot configuration and perform upgrades to the bootstrap image and run time image loaded in stage 3 Any changes made and saved at the Boot Monitor CLI change the Boot Configuration After changes have been saved the boot process can be reinitiated from the Boot Monitor CLI with the boot command Stage 3 Run Time Image Load The run time image loads after the boot configuration This software image initializes the I O modules and provides full routing switch functionality 202086 B 1 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface The run time image can be loaded from various sources depending on the Accelar switch model e Accelar 1200 1250 switches can load the run time image from the flash memory from a PCMCIA card or from a TFTP server using the diagnostic Ethernet port e Accelar 1100 1150 switches can load the run time image from the flash memory or from a TFTP server e Accelar 1050 1051 switches can load the run time image only from the flash memory The factory default load order is PCMCIA if applicable flash memory and TFTP However you can define the source and order fro
63. for the show ports stats dhcp Command suus 6 19 Output for the config vlan ip dhcp relay info Command 6 20 Output for the show vlan info dhcp Command sees 6 21 Output for the show ip udpfwd interface info Command 6 23 Output for the show ip udpfwd portfwd info Command 6 24 Output for the show ip udpfwd protocol info Command 6 24 Output for the config ip rip info Command sees 6 26 Output for GROW ip HD COMMING uiaiicoseccac spore scrape taam paces ask 6 27 Output for show ip rip interface Command ssssssssssssss 6 27 Output for the config ethernet ip rip info Command 6 29 Output for the show ports info rip Command esses 6 31 Output for the config vlan ip rip info Command sss 6 33 202086 B Figure 6 36 Figure 6 37 Figure 6 38 Figure 6 39 Figure 6 40 Figure 6 41 Figure 6 42 Figure 6 43 Figure 6 44 Figure 6 45 Figure 6 46 Figure 6 47 Figure 6 48 Figure 6 49 Figure 6 50 Figure 6 51 Figure 6 52 Figure 6 53 Figure 6 54 Figure 6 55 Figure 6 56 Figure 6 57 Figure 6 58 Figure 6 59 Figure 6 60 Figure 6 61 Figure 6 62 Figure 6 63 Figure 6 64 Figure 6 65 Figure 6 66 Figure 6 67 Figure 6 68 Figure 6 69 Figure 6 70 202086 B Output for the show
64. info Command show vlan vrrp Commands Two show commands display VLAN VRRP information show vlan info vrrp main This command displays the basic VRRP configuration for all VLANs on the switch or for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info vrrp main lt vid gt Figure 6 60 is a sample output Accelar 1200 show vlan info vrrp main Vlan Vrrp VLAN VRRP VIRTUAL ID ID IPADDR MAC ADDR 2 1 100 100 100 1 00 00 5e 00 01 01 Figure 6 60 Output for the show vian info vrrp main Command show vlan info vrr extended This command displays the extended VRRP configuration for all VLANs on the switch or for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info vrrp extended lt vid gt Figure 6 61 is a sample output 6 56 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 1200 show vlan info vrrp extended Vlan Vrrp Extended MASTER ADVERTISE CRITICAL VID STATE CONTROL PRIORITY IPADDR INTERVAL IPADDR 2 master enabled 255 100 100 100 1 1 0 7 0 0 9 Figure 6 61 Output for the show vlan info vrrp extended Command show ip vrrp Commands These commands display information about VRRP as configured on the switch show ip vrrp info This command uses the syntax show ip vrrp info vrid ipaddr and displays VRRP information on the interface If a virtual router ID or an IP address is entered the information will be displayed only for that VRID or that interf
65. interface and log and trace files Figure 4 2 is the first section of a sample result of the show tech command Accelar 11004 show tech Sys Info General Info SysName Accelar 1100 SysUpTime 1 day s 21 36 40 SysContact support baynetworks com SysLocation 4401 Great America Parkway Santa Clara CA Chassis Info Chassis 1100 Serial 243 HwRev v3 0 NumSlots 3 Power Supply Info Ps 1 Status up Ps l Type 110 220V AC Power Supply Ps l serial number Ps l Version Ps l Part number Ps 2 empty Fan Info Fanfl up Fan 2 up Fan 3 up Card Info Slot Type Part Serial HwRev Oper Asic Version Status 3 16x 100BaseTX WG 40193 43 v3 0 up SQ2 Xy15 SW1 QUID2 PIC3 AR1 System Error Info Send Trap false Error Code 0 Error Severity 0 System Device Info 4 4 202086 B Configuring Switch Management Figure 4 2 Autoboot true FactoryDefaults false SwitchPortIsolation false DebugMode false HighPriorityMode false Partial Output for the show tech Command CLI Management Commands The CLI management commands allow you to view or change some aspects of the CLI configuration They include the following subsets e config cli general commands page 4 5 e config cli password commands page 4 6 config cli Commands These commands are general management commands for the command line interface The config cli command uses the following syntax and parameters con
66. interval seconds config vlan vid ip I3 igmp query max resp seconds config vlan vid ip I3 igmp robustval lt integer gt config vlan vid ip I3 igmp version lt integer gt page 6 75 config vlan vid ip info page 6 9 config vlan vid ip ospf advertise when down lt enable disable gt config vlan vid ip ospf enable config vlan vid ip ospf disable config vlan vid ip ospf area lt ipaddr gt config vlan vid ip ospf authentication key string config vlan vid ip ospf authentication type lt auth type gt config vlan vid ip ospf dead interval seconds config vlan vid ip ospf hello interval seconds config vlan vid ip ospf info config vlan vid ip ospf metric cost config vlan lt vid gt ip ospf priority integer page 6 51 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config vlan lt vid gt ip proxy disable page 6 15 config vlan lt vid gt ip proxy enable config vlan lt vid gt ip proxy info config vlan vid ip resp disable config vlan vid ip resp enable config vlan lt vid gt ip resp info config vlan lt vid gt ip rip advertise when down lt enable disable gt page 6 32 config vlan vid ip rip auto aggr lt enable disable gt config vlan vid ip rip default listen lt enable disable gt config vlan vid ip r
67. ipx sap create lt service type gt lt service name gt lt ipxhost gt lt socket number gt lt hop count gt config ipx sap delete lt service name gt config ipx sap default delay lt delay timer gt config ipx sap default hold multiplier lt hold multiplier gt config ipx sap default interval lt interval timer gt config ipx sap hold multiplier lt IPX network number gt lt hold multiplier gt config ipx sap info config ipx sap update delay lt IPX network number gt lt delay timer gt config ipx sap update interval lt IPX network numbers gt lt interval timer gt page 6 84 config ipx set max route lt max_entries gt config ipx set max sap lt max_entries gt config ipx set max static route lt max_entries gt config ipx set max static sap lt max_entries gt config ipx set info page 6 80 config ipx static route create lt IPX network number gt lt nexthop gt lt hop count gt lt tick count gt config ipx static route delete lt IPX network number gt config ipx static route info page 6 81 config log clear config log info config log level lt level gt config log screen lt setting gt config log write lt str gt page 4 8 config mirror inport1 port lt enable disable gt config mirror inport2 port lt enable disable gt config mirror outport port lt enable disable gt config mirror saveconfig lt true false gt page 5 10 202086 B CLI Command List
68. is 10 router id lt ipaddr gt Sets the OSPF router ID IP address trap lt enable disable gt Enables or disables issuing traps relating to OSPF Accelar 1100 config ip ospf info admin state enabl as boundary router disable default metric ethernet 100 fast ethernet 10 gig ethernet 1 auto vlink enable holddown 10 trap disable router id 22 0 8 0 enable true Figure 6 37 Output for the config ip ospf info Command config ip ospf host route Use the config ip ospf host route commands to configure OSPF host route parameters for the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch The syntax includes the IP address of the host router and the following parameters config ip ospf host route lt ipaddr gt followed by create Creates an OSPF host route for the IP address delete Deletes an OSPF host route for the IP address metric metric Sets the metric cost for the host route 1 to 65535 202086 B 6 35 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip ospf interface These commands configure an OSPF interface where the interface is represented by an IP address a b c d The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt followed by info admin status lt enable disable gt area lt area gt authentication key lt authentication key gt authentication type lt auth type gt dead interval lt second
69. itio Snoop e 5 32 show vlan igmp snoop access list u sisse sete enhn ntn unto IRR an AER aa E LA 5 33 show vlan igmp snoop all access list eeeeeeeeeeeeeennnne D04 show vian IOIRERSDDUD OPUS odecG epe bum iene 5 34 show vlan igmp snoop senders info esiuesiiusese sectae Eae e kat krass e Lnd dA 5 34 show vian igmp Snoop Sial d 5 35 X 202086 B Chapter 6 Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features IF Routing Edo uci e M 6 2 GOING COMTI SNS i erstes ge ade erm RR Ep diex oda Pelro da nA NR MA GM RAT IM IEEE 6 2 Snow o C cip EM Eom EET BOW O OPURO M 6 4 ch Pola ew E E OAN I E EA A m 6 4 SRON Hr POLE OON atte d 6 5 SOY FOT E a rarer RR Eng an Das vede err rd rent ad Ma ER a RR RS 6 5 config ip diffserv rule Commands succes etude ne Rn RM an A XARRE E Ra D ARRA RS 6 6 SHOW ip diliserv rule inio Command es 6 7 ehen POTTS P WOMENS ansins aurea aeRA aaa 6 7 COn NPT TIE DOES HD eas sueccaadiigud ppieddaadnosmnddaaoenedddedun aang ye Pr ue puingU pep did RM S 6 8 BOW POTS HIND BO Ent 6 8 Poise E ap aee cT 6 9 conio CAG act ices iia a ee show vlan info A 6 10 P ARF ei riis Ae 6 10 CORTE AOE Mai Tr ipo e M 6 11 Spe Bieber gm iji eT 6 12 qp p aiD M Goria Tm E elhernel p arp COmManNdS e 6 12 COO ONNENN O T MES 6 13 BD IS OD T na
70. lt str gt Runs the last command that matches the given string lt str gt substr Runs the last command that matches the given substring lt substr gt sstr rstr Enters the most recent command but substitutes a new string for a given string IP Command The ip command assigns an IP address to the diagnostic Ethernet port for troubleshooting and diagnostics Note For normal operation you should not have an IP address assigned to the diagnostic Ethernet or serial port The IP address should be set to 0 0 0 0 The syntax for the jp command is ip device lt ipaddr gt netmask gateway lt mgmtnet gt where e device is the network device name or number e ipaddr is the IP address in dot notation e netmask is the subnet mask e gateway is the default router IP address e mgmtnet is the management station network IP address You need to use this argument only if the management station is on a different subnet If you use this argument the Accelar 1000 Series Chassis enters a static route to the management network in the routing table If you do not use any of the arguments the CLI prompts you for information 2 10 202086 B Boot Monitor Command Line Interface Figure 2 4 shows an example of the ip command In this example the command is issued without arguments so the CLI prompts for the argument values monitor ip aa CHANGE IP ADDRESS aa Net Devices
71. lt value gt is the interval between transmissions in seconds 1 to 60 e t lt value gt is the no answer timeout value in seconds 1 to 120 e d is set ping debug Figure 3 7 shows an example of the ping command output Accelar 12004 ping 10 125 200 35 100 s I 4 t 4 d PING 10 125 200 35 92 data bytes 100 bytes from 10 125 200 35 icmp_seq 0 time 0 ms ping timeout 10 125 200 35 PING Statistics 1 packets transmitted 1 packets received 0 packet loss round trip ms min avg max 0 0 0 Accelar 1200 Figure 3 7 Output from the ping Command The pingipx command tests an IPX network connection with the syntax pingipx lt ipxhost gt lt count gt s q t lt value lt where e c ipxhost is the IP address net node lt count gt is the number of times to ping the host 1 to 9999 s isa continuous ping q is quiet output same as non verbose mode e t value is the no answer timeout value in seconds 1 to 120 Reset Command The reset command resets the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch and uses the most recently saved configuration file to reload the system parameters 202086 B 3 17 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Traceroute Command The traceroute command allows you to trace the route to a remote host This command is a valuable tool for troubleshooting because it will show all the routes that are used or will indicate fro
72. netlist i rip accept bud static route OSPF intertace P p directory setdate policy rip announce stg route discovery m ospf accept format sys rip filter ospf announce vlan static route iu list E help web server traffic filter Ast interface udpfwd portfwd list history E access policy protocol mlt set action monitor ports 2 set flags dhcp relay D fdb syslog dvmrp ping igmp snoop I3 igmp IP ospf uit i ps recover dvmrp rip I3 igmp vrrp reset cli dhcp L Ip forwarding rlogin Ipx mroute log ospf S mlt error policy ports info rip show rmon Stats route stg traffic filter Squeeze Sys udpfwd tech vrrp r test telnet artable irac i info fest fabric vlan es igmp snoo loopback web server 9mp P stop trace 8778EA Figure 3 2 Partial Run Time CLI Tree 202086 B 3 9 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Navigation Commands The following navigation commands are available in the Accelar run time CLI e syntax displays all commands available at this level on the CLI tree e back takes you back up one level e box goes to the top or box level e cwc changes the current working context e pwc prints the current working context e toplevel goes to the top level e goes back up one level same as the back command General Commands The following general commands are available in the Accelar run time CLI
73. options and manage files in flash memory Changes that can be made and saved within the Boot Monitor CLI are boot choices flags IP configuration and Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP information For the Boot Monitor command list enter help at the monitor prompt For more information about the Boot Monitor CLI refer to Chapter 2 Boot Monitor Command Line Interface Run Time Command Line Interface The run time CLI performs most Accelar management tasks To access the run time CLI you need a direct connection to the switch from a terminal or PC Use a null modem cable to connect the console port DTE DB 9 male interface to a DTE terminal or PC Communication parameters are as follows 9600 bps 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit with hardware flow control For pinout information about required cables refer to Appendix A in Using the Accelar 1200 1250 Routing Switch or Using the Accelar 1100 1150 Routing Switch or to Appendix B in Using the Accelar 1050 1051 Routing Switch You can also access the run time CLI through a Telnet or rlogin session The run time CLI commands are listed and defined in detail in the remainder of this manual Accelar Configuration Page The Accelar Configuration Page is a Web based graphical user interface tool that operates in conjunction with a Web browser It has somewhat limited functionality and is intended for use as a tool to access and monitor devices on your network from various l
74. protocol commands to enter protocols in a protocol table e Use the config ip udpfwd portfwdlist commands to create and name the port forward list and assign protocols and servers to the port forward list e Use the config ip interface commands to apply the port forward list to the appropriate interfaces 202086 B 6 21 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface The config ip udpfwd info command displays the current UDP forwarding configuration config ip udpfwd protocol Commands The UDP forwarding protocol commands require the lt udpport gt parameter as the UDP protocol port number 1 to 255 They use the following syntax config ip udpfwd protocol lt udpport gt followed by create lt protoname gt delete info Creates a new UDP protocol where protoname is the UDP protocol name string Deletes a UDP port protocol Displays created and or deleted UDP protocols config ip udpfwd portfwdlist Commands The UDP forwarding port forward list commands require the lt fwdlist gt parameter as the port forwarding list number 1 to 1000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip udpfwd portfwdlist lt fwdlist gt followed by add portfwd udpport lt ipaddr gt Adds a UDP protocol port 1 to 255 create delete info name lt name gt remove portfwd lt udpport gt lt ipaddr gt to the specified port forwarding list C
75. removed from the interface for example 1 5 1 16 3 Add the ports that you do want to be part of the interface config vlan lt vid gt ports add lt ports gt member lt value gt where vid is the VLAN created in step 1 member lt value gt is the slot and port number to be added to the interface for example 1 1 1 4 4 Create an IPX network interface with the specified VLAN ID and encapsulation method config vlan vid ipx create IPX network number lt encapsulation gt where vid is the VLAN created in step 1 encapsulation iS ethernet ii snap llc or raw Note The encapsulation method must be the same as the protocol selected in step 1 5 Globally enable IPX routing on all IPX interfaces config ipx forwarding enable 6 76 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features The config ipx commands use the following syntax and parameters config ipx followed by info Displays the switch IPX configuration Figure 6 85 forwarding info Indicates whether IPX is enabled or disabled on the switch and lists the IPX networks that are enabled or disabled Figure 6 86 forwarding disable Disables IPX forwarding globally or on the IPX network number specified IPX network forwarding enable Enables IPX forwarding globally or on the IPX network number specified IPX network Accelar 1100 config ipx info create IPX network number 0x00000001 vid 2 e
76. router on a given VRRP router The virtual router acts as the default router for one or more assigned addresses The VLAN VRRP commands use the following syntax and parameters config vlan vid ip vrrp vrid followed by info Displays the current VLAN VRRP settings Figure 6 59 address ipaddr Sets the IP address of the virtual router interface adver int seconds Sets the advertising interval in seconds the time interval between sending advertisement messages The range is 1 to 255 and the default is 1 critical ip ipaddr Sets the critical IP address for VRRP This address is an IP interface on the local router configured so that a change in its state causes a role switch in the virtual router for example from master to backup in case the interface went down delete Deletes the VRRP from the VLAN disable Disables the VRRP on the VLAN enable Enables VRRP on the VLAN priority prio Sets the port VRRP priority 1 to 254 value to be used by this VRRP router The default is 100 The value 255 is assigned to the router that owns the IP address associated with the virtual router 202086 B 6 55 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1200 config vlan 2 ip vrrp 1 info address 100 100 100 1 adver int 1 critical ip 0 0 0 0 delete N A vrrp enable enable priority 255 set N A delete N A Figure 6 59 Output for the config vlan ip vrrp
77. show sys info Command show sys perf This command lists system performance information such as CPU utilization Switch Fabric utilization NVRAM size and NVRAM used Figure 4 21 The information is updated once per second so is no more than one second from real time Accelar 105X show sys perf CpuUtil 3 SwitchFabricUtil 0 BufferUtil 0 NVRamSize 58 K NVRamUsed 7 K Figure 4 21 Output for the show sys perf Command 4 22 202086 B Configuring Switch Management show sys sw This command lists the version of software running on the routing switch and the versions stored on the flash module and PCMCIA card if applicable Figure 4 22 Accelar 105Xf show sys sw System Software Info Details rel2 0 rel2 0 0 b12 main hw acc2 0 0 b12 st on Fri Jan 15 13 56 56 PST 1999 LastBootSource flash 1 Boot Monitor v2 0 0 b6 Runtime Config nvram Device flash FN Name Flags Length 1 acc2 0 0 b12 XZN 1766516 2 accboot2 0 0 b6 XZN 88995 3 syslog LN 131072 3 files bytes used 2031616 free 2162512 Figure 4 22 Output for the show sys sw Command Syslog Commands These commands control the syslog a facility in UNIX machines that logs messages and assigns severities to them based on importance config sys syslog Commands These commands configure the syslog Most of the commands require the host ID parameter for the UNIX host 1 to 10 and take the following syntax and parameters config sys syslog followed
78. show trace file tail where specifying tail results in a display with the most recent entry displayed first Figure 3 13 is a sample file Accelar 1100 show trace file 000 00 00 00 383 rcStart MAIN System initialization 000 00 00 00 366 rcStart MAIN System initialization 000 00 00 00 383 rcStart MAIN System initialization 000 00 00 00 383 rcStart MAIN System initialization Figure 3 13 Output for the show trace file Command show trace level This command displays the current module ID numbers and trace levels Figure 3 14 202086 B 3 25 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 11004 show trace level usage Module IDs 0 c 10 01 CO OF OD i000 10 01 4 WN rS 19 20 21 22 23 24 Figure 3 14 Common SNMP Agent RMON Port Manager Chassis Manager STG Manager Phase2 OSPF Hardware I F N A c N A VLAN Manager CLI Main Phase2 IP RIP RCC IP HTTP Server ASIC I F Gigabit Watch Dog Timer Topology Discovery N A N A IGMP IPFIL Trace 0 CO OO Q Gm X QO Q OOO LOO OO OC Q O Oo oco trace level lt modid gt level Levels 0 Disabled 1 Very terse 2 Terse 3 Verbose 4 Very verbos Output for the show trace level Command 3 26 202086 B Chapter 4 Configuring Switch Management This chapter describes the CLI commands that are used to configure switch management functions in the Accelar
79. source none flash pcmcia net skip nvram config filename e ip value is the IP address of the TFTP server if booting from the server e file value is the TFTP file to boot If you do not specify a device and file the CLI uses the software and configuration files on the primary boot device Boot Using a Configuration Script File An extension of the boot command allows you to use an ASCII based text file containing CLI commands that is a script file to configure an Accelar switch Using this option implies that the switch will boot using the factory default mode and that the CLI commands contained in the configuration script are applied against this default configuration The script file itself is an ASCII text file The first line of the file must include a pound sign followed by a carriage return with the remaining lines containing valid CLI commands one per line When using a configuration script residing on the flash file system the command format is boot bootdevice bootfile gt config flash pcmcia configscriptname An example command would be Accelar boot flash 2 config flash config script txt 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Clear Commands These commands are used to clear statistics from counters or to flush entries from a table These commands use the parameters port the port number and vid the VLAN ID The following commands are i
80. specify a destination port on which you want to see mirrored traffic and specify the source ports from which traffic is mirrored Any packet ingressing or egressing the specified ports are forwarded normally and a copy of the packet is sent out the mirror port The Accelar switch supports port mirroring on two ports When this feature is active all packets received on the ports specified as inportl and or inport2 are copied to the port specified as outport The mirroring operation is nonintrusive Note In ARUI and ARU2 hardware routed packets are not mirrored in the outgoing direction config mirror Comm ands The config mirror commands allow you to monitor one or two ports on another port The commands have the following syntax and parameters config mirror followed by inportl enable d inport2 enable d outport enable d saveconfi true fal port isable port isable port isable g se Sets mirrored port 1 and enables or disables port mirroring on the port where port is the slot port in the format s1ot port slot HOD ay eius Sets mirrored port 2 and enables or disables port mirroring on the port where port is the slot port in the format slot port slot DOr r gs Assigns and enables or disables the monitoring port where lt port gt is the slot port slot port slot port in the format g wae Sets the swi
81. switch and you attempt to use the sender or access commands you will receive an Incompatible Hardware message 202086 B 5 29 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface The IGMP snooping feature allows the user to optimize the multicast data flow for a group within a VLAN only to those that are members of the group The switch listens to group reports from each port and builds a database of multicast group members per port It suppresses the reports heard by not forwarding them out to other hosts forcing the members to continuously send their own reports Furthermore it multicasts data only to the participating group members and to the multicast routers within the VLAN The commands use the following syntax and parameters config vlan vid igmp snoop followed by info access list create lt GroupAddress gt lt HostAddress gt lt HostMask gt denyRX denyTX denyBoth access list delete lt GroupAddress gt lt HostAddress gt lt HostMask gt access list lt GroupAddress gt info access list lt GroupAddress gt mode lt HostMask gt denyRX denyTX denyBoth mrouter ports Displays IGMP snooping characteristics of the VLAN Figure 5 38 Creates an access list to control access to IGMP group membership Group Address is the multicast group address of the multicast stream Host Address is the IP address of the host whose membership is being controlled
82. the administrative state on the port as up down or test The default is up enabled Directs the switch to send the untagged frames to a default VLAN if received on a tagged port lt vid gt is the VLAN ID of the default VLAN to which the discarded frames should be sent Enables or disables setting the port as high priority Enables or disables the link up down trap for a port Locks a port for exclusive use if the portlock feature is globally enabled with the command config sys set portlock on off Sets one of the two physical connectors left or right on a redundant port to be the primary connector This command applies only to redundant Gigabit Ethernet ports Enables or disables the IEEE 802 1Q tagging on the port Sets a port with tagging disabled to discard tagged frames The default is disable 5 2 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features config ethernet lt ports gt followed by untagged frames discard lt enable disable gt unknown mac discard lt enable disable gt Sets a port with tagging enabled to discard untagged frames The default is disable Enables or disables if the port should discard unknown source MAC frames Note The 10 100BASE TX ports may not autonegotiate correctly with older 10 100BASE TX equipment In some cases the older devices can be upgraded with new firmware or driver revisions If an upgrade does not allow autonegotiation to correctly identify
83. the differentiated service rule used by the none rulel rule2 rule3 switch Refer to page 6 6 for explanation of Differentiated Services modify vlan tag priority Sets the IEEE VLAN priority for the filter using a vlan priority number number in the range of 1 to 7 Accelar 1100 config ip traffic filter filter 1 info delete N A log stats disable name global 3 Figure 7 21 Output for the config ip traffic filter filter info Command config ip traffic filter filter action Command These commands are used to set action parameters for IP filters by enabling or disabling the filters where lt fid gt is the traffic filter ID 1 to 4000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip traffic filter filter fid action followed by info Displays configure actions for the filter Figure 7 22 mode default forward drop Sets the action to occur when a filter is applied the default action forward the packet or drop the packet mirror lt enable disable gt Enables or disables the traffic filter mirror option high priority enable disable Enables or disables the traffic filter high priority option 7 22 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters config ip traffic filter filter fid action followed by tcp connect lt enable disable gt use packet limit enable disable Enables or disables the traffic filter TCP connect option which allo
84. the switch will supply talk to the default route without advertising any other routes Enables or disables automatic triggered updates for RIP Refer to Table 6 2 on page 6 30 for actions resulting from RIP supply and listen settings 6 32 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip rip info advertise when down Figure 6 35 disable auto aggr disable default listen disable default supply disable rip disable trigger disable listen enable manualtrigger N A poison disable supply enable show vlan info rip Output for the config vlan ip rip info Command This command uses the format show vlan info rip lt vid gt and shows the RIP parameters for all VLANs or for the specified VLAN Figure 6 36 Accelar 105X show vlan info rip Vlan Rip VLAN ADVERTISE ACCEPT TRIGGERED AUTOAGG ID ENABLE DEFAULT DEFAULT UPDATE ENABLE SUPPLY LISTEN POISON 1 false false false false fals tru tru false 2 false false false false fals tru tru false 3 false false false false fals tru tru false 4 false false false false fals tru tru false Figure 6 36 Output for the show vian info rip Command 202086 B 6 33 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface OSPF Commands Routers use the Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol to exchange network topology information among themselves provid
85. username lt password gt config cli prompt prompt config cli rlogin sessions nsessions config cli screenlines lt nlines gt config cli telnet sessions nsessions config cli timeout seconds page 4 5 page 4 7 page 4 5 config ethernet ports auto negotiate lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports default vlan id vid config ethernet ports duplex lt half full gt config ethernet ports high priority lt true false gt config ethernet ports info config ethernet ports ip arp response disable config ethernet ports ip arp response enable config ethernet ports ip arp response info config ethernet ports ip create lt ipaddr mask gt config ethernet ports ip create brouter lt ipaddr mask gt lt tag id gt config ethernet ports ip delete lt ipaddr gt config ethernet ports ip dhcp relay broadcast lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports ip dhcp relay disable config ethernet ports ip dhcp relay enable config ethernet ports ip dhcp relay info config ethernet ports ip dhcp relay max hop lt max hop gt config ethernet ports ip dhcp relay min sec lt min sec gt config ethernet ports ip dhcp relay mode mode page 5 1 page 6 7 page 6 18 A 2 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ethernet lt ports gt ip dvmrp enable page 6 68 config ether
86. vlan info rip Command eee 6 33 Output for the config ip ospf info Command ssssssssss 6 35 Output for the config ip ospf area info Command ss 6 38 Output for the show ip ospf area Command suus 6 41 Output for the show ip ospf ase Command sss 6 41 Output for the show ip ospf default metric Command 6 42 Output for the show ip ospf ifstats Command suus 6 42 Display for show ip ospf info Command 6 43 Output for the show ip ospf interface Command l 6 43 Output for the show ip ospf int timers Command sess 6 44 Partial Output for the show ip ospf Isdb Command 6 44 Output for the show ospf neighbors Command esee 6 45 Output for the show ip ospf stats Command sese 6 45 Output for the config ethernet ip ospf info Command 6 47 Output for the show ports error ospf Command sees 6 48 Output for the show ports info ospf Command susussssu 6 48 Output for the show ports stats ospf main Command 6 49 Output for the show ports stats ospf extended Command 6 49 Output for the config vlan ip ospf info Command ssssss 6 51 Output for
87. 00 OrRrFN WP OD J 0 iO C D H P WLP 010 1 o0 WO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Figure 4 9 00 35 00 291 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 These commands display log information for the switch show log file This command displays the log file created automatically by the system using the format show log file tail Figure 4 9 is a sample display where the tail parameter was entered to configure the display to enter the most recent information first If the Accelar switch has a real time clock the log file will show real time show log file tail 00 350 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System boot 24 066 FO Code 0x0 Task tShell System reset 13 466 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System is ready 00 416 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System log file flash syslog 0 17 00 383 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart Accelar System Software Release x x x 00 350 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System boot 59 616 FO Code 0x0 Task tShell System reset 13 483 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System is ready 00 416 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System log file flash syslog 0 12 00 383 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart Accelar System Software Release x x x 00 350 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart System boot 51 083 FO Code 0x0 Task tShell System reset 13 500 FO Code 0x0 Task rcStart
88. 03 46 01 80 10 3 3 80 00 00 e0 16 03 46 01 0 80 00 00 60 16 03 46 01 80 32 3 4 80 00 00 e0 16 03 46 01 0 80 00 00 60 16 03 46 01 80 33 3 6 80 00 00 e0 16 03 46 01 0 80 00 00 60 16 03 46 01 80 35 3 7 80 00 00 e0 16 03 46 01 0 80 00 00 60 16 03 46 01 80 36 Figure 5 23 Output for the show ports info stg extended Command 202086 B 5 19 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ports stats stg This command shows counter information about spanning tree groups on all ports or the specified port using the format show ports stats stg lt ports gt See Figure 5 24 Accelar 105X show ports stats stg Port Stats Stg PORT IN CONFIG IN TCU IN BAD OUT CONFIG OUT ICU NUM BPDU BPDU BPDU BPDU BPDU 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 24 Output for the show ports stats stg Command 5 20 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features VLAN Commands The VLAN commands allow you to create VLANs add VLANs to specific ports and set VLAN characteristics and to view VLAN information VLAN commands that set VLAN routing parameters are covered in Chapter 6 Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config vlan create Commands These commands are used to create a VLAN Accelar software allows creating four types of VLANs by port by protocol by IP subnet and by source MAC address The create VLAN commands use the following syntax and parameters where
89. 086 B 1 19 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface CLI Commands to Change the Console Telnet Password The following commands can be used to change the console Telnet login name and the password for each different login access level config cli password ro lt username gt lt password gt config cli password rw lt username gt lt password gt config cli password 12 lt username gt lt password gt config cli password 13 lt username gt lt password gt config cli password rwa lt username gt lt password gt To display information about the access levels for login and password type show cli password See the example in Figure 1 5 CK Ck Ck CK Ck KK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KK KK Bay Networks Inc Copyright c 1996 1999 All Rights Reserved Accelar 1100 i Software Release 2 0 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KG KK Kk ko ko ko ko Login rwa Password Accelar 1100 show cli password Access Login Password rwa rwa rwa rw rw rw 13 13 L3 12 12 i3 ro ro ro Accelar 1100 cli password Figure 1 5 Config CLI Password Info Example 1 20 202086 B Chapter 2 Boot Monitor Command Line Interface The Boot Monitor CLI commands enable you to configure boot options and manage files on the flash module they are used when the switch is not active The Boot Monitor commands enable you to perform the following tasks e Configure and display boot options incl
90. 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 status lt value gt is the fowarding database status other invalid learned self mgmt Adds a filter member to a VLAN bridge mac is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 e port value is the slot port slot port slot port Indicates forwarding database filters added or removed Figure 5 34 Adds a not allowed filter member to a VLAN bridge mac is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 port value is the portlist slot port slot port 5 26 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features config vlan lt vid gt fdb followed by filter notallowfrom info filternotallowfrom remove mac port value filter static static static remove mac add mac port value info remove lt mac gt Displays not allowed filter members added or removed Figure 5 35 Removes a not allowed filter member from a VLAN bridge mac is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 port value isthe portlist slot port slot port Removes a filter member from a VLAN bridge where lt mac gt is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Adds a static member to a VLAN bridge e mac is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 port lt value gt is the slot port slot port slot port Displays static members added or removed Figure
91. 2 login and or password 13 username password Sets the layer 3 login and or password rw username password Sets the Read Write login and or password rwa username password Sets the Read Write All login and or password Accelar 1100 config cli password info ACCESS LOGIN PASSWORD rwa rwa rwa rw rw rw 13 13 13 12 12 12 ro ro ro Figure 4 6 Output for the config cli password info Command 202086 B 4 7 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show cli password Command This command displays the CLI access login and password combinations as shown in Figure 4 7 Accelar 1100 show cli password ACCESS LOGIN PASSWORD rwa rwa rwa rw rw rw 13 13 13 12 12 12 ro ro ro Figure 4 7 Output for the show cli password Command Log Commands These commands configure and display the log files for the switch config log Commands The config log commands allow you to show write or clear the log file created automatically by the system The command uses the following syntax and options config log followed by info clear level lt level gt Displays current log settings Figure 4 8 Clears the log file Shows and sets the log level to one of these values 0 Information 1 Warning 2 Error e 3 Manufacturing 4 Fatal 4 8 202086 B Configuring Switch Management config log followed by screen lt
92. 23 80 0 0 123 90 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 367 0x800035d4 0x897 AsExternal 10 125 26 0 0 12545 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 842 0x8000110b 0x47c3 AsExternal 10 125 27 0 0 125 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 842 0x8000110b 0x3ccd AsExternal 10 125 29 0 0 1255 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 842 0x8000110b 0x26e1 AsExternal 10 125 30 0 0 125 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 842 0x80001106 0x25e6 AsExternal 10 125 31 0 0 125 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 842 0x8000110b 0x10f5 AsExternal 10 125 200 32 0 125 200 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 991 0x80001084 Oxba44 AsExternal 10 125 200 64 0 125 200 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0x800002fe Oxaec3 AsExternal 10 125 200 96 0 125 200 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0x800002fb 0x73e1 AsExternal 10 125 200 224 0 125 200 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 91 0x800002fb 0x6e66 Figure 6 40 Output for the show ip ospf ase Command 202086 B 6 41 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip ospf default metric This command displays the OSPF default metric information for each type of port Figure 6 41 Accelar 1100 show ip ospf default metric Ospf Default Metric Info 10MbpsPortDefaultMetric 100 100MbpsPortDefaultMetric 10 1000MbpsPortDefaultMetric 1 Figure 6 41 Output for the show ip ospf default metric Command show ip ospf host route This command displays the OSPF host route configuration including host IP address type of service and the metric used show ip ospf ifstats This command displays IP OSPF interface statistics using the syntax show ip ospf ifstats mismatch where mismatch is the number
93. 3 Figure 6 84 Figure 6 85 Figure 6 86 Figure 6 87 Figure 6 88 Figure 6 89 Figure 6 90 Figure 6 91 Figure 6 92 Figure 6 93 Figure 6 94 Figure 6 95 Figure 6 96 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 7 9 Output for the show ip dvmrp neighbor Command ssssss 6 64 Output for the show ip dvmpr next hop Command suus 6 65 Output for the show ip dvmrp route Command ssssususe 6 65 Output for the config ethernet ip dvmrp info Command 6 66 Output for the show ports info dvmrp Command ssssssss 6 67 Output for the config vlan vid ip dvmrp info Command 6 68 Output for the show vlan info dvmrp Command sess 6 68 Output for the show ip I3 igmp cache Command 6 70 Output for the show ip I3 igmp group Command sees 6 71 Output for the show ip I3 igmp interface Command suuse 6 71 Output for the config ethernet ip I3 igmp info Command 6 72 Output for the show ports info 13 igmp Command sssse 6 73 Output for the config vlan ip I3 igmp info Command 6 74 Output for the show vlan info I3 igmp Command sees 6 74 Output for the config ipx HHO Comman
94. 3 ip info Sub Context clear config monitor show test trace Current Context Port 3 3 create 5 5 5 5 255 0 0 0 delete N A Figure 6 10 Output for the config ethernet ip info Command show ports info ip This command displays routing IP information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports info ip lt ports gt Figure 6 11 is a sample display 6 8 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 105X show ports info ip Port Ip PORT IP_ADDRESS NET_MASK BROADCAST REASM ADVERTISE NUM MAXSIZE WHEN_DOW 3 3 pe 55 5 255 0 0 0 ones 1500 disabl Figure 6 11 Output for the show ports info ip Command vian ip Commands These commands are the general routing commands on the VLAN Other VLAN commands are included in the section dealing with the protocol or feature for example DHCP config vlan ip The general config vlan ip commands require a VLAN ID vid from 1 to 4095 and take the following syntax and parameters config vlan vid ip followed by info Displays VLAN routing characteristics Figure 6 12 advertise when down Sets whether or not to advertise the network enable disable on this VLAN even if the VLAN is down no active ports The default is disabled Note When you create a new VLAN without any link and enable advertise when down it will not advertise your route until a port is active in the
95. A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F Slots 4 and 5 do not have any MAC addresses assigned to them Depending on which switch you are operating slots 4 and 5 may not be present or hold the SSF modules For example a switch with the base MAC address 00 OE 16 11 00 00 has a physical MAC address for slot 3 port 6 port 3 6 of 00 OE 16 11 00 25 This MAC address is seen as the source MAC address for any BPDUS sent out of this port If port 3 6 is configured as an isolated routing port ARP requests sent to the IP address of the isolated routing port will return this MAC address Table B 1 Slot 1 1 00 2 10 3 20 4 5 6 30 7 40 8 50 202086 B B 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Virtual MAC Addresses Virtual MAC addresses are the addresses assigned to VLANs A virtual MAC address is assigned to a VLAN when it is created The MAC address for a VLAN IP address is the virtual MAC address assigned to the VLAN The range for the last byte of the virtual MAC addresses in hex is 81 through FF that is the most significant bit of the last byte is set to 1 A virtual MAC address is assigned when a VLAN is created The Default VLAN VLAN ID 1 is always created therefore the last byte of the MAC address for VLAN 1 is always 81 For other VLANs the MAC address assigned can be found in Device Manager VLAN VLAN Advanced or through the Run Time CLI show vlan info advance command B 6 202086 B A Accelar Co
96. ACs false true 2 125 Xu 0 0 4 IPX2 false true 2 125 0 0 0 0 5 IPX3 false true 2 125 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 39 Output for the show vlan info snoop Command show vlan igmp snoop access list This command displays the access list for the specified VLAN ID and uses the syntax show vlan igmp snoop access list vid Group Address gt Figure 5 40 is a sample output Accelar 12004 show vlan igmp snoop access list 100 Vlan Igmp Snoop Access List VLANID GROUP HOST ADDRESS DENYACCESSMODE s 100 225 142 2 5 192 52 81 53 denyBoth 100 225 1 2 5 192 28 1 99 denyBoth Figure 5 40 Output for show vlan igmp snoop access list Command 202086 B 5 33 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show vlan igmp snoop all access list This command has the same display as Figure 5 40 except that it displays all access lists instead of only the specified VLAN ID show vian igmp snoop groups The command uses the format show vlan igmp snoop groups lt vid gt and displays information about the IGMP snoop groups for all VLANs on the switch or for the specified VLAN Figure 5 41 is a sample output Accelar 1200 show vlan igmp snoop groups Vlan Igmp Snoop Group VLANID GROUP PORT MEMBER EXPIRE s TYPE 100 2254 14 25 3 15 0 0 0 0 0 Dynamic Figure 5 41 Output for the show vlan igmp snoop groups Command show vlan igmp snoop senders info This command di
97. AP interface commands set the IPX SAP parameters on the switch using the following syntax and parameters config ipx sap followed by create lt service type gt lt service name gt lt ipxhost gt lt socket number gt lt hop count gt delete lt service name gt hold multip lt IPX networ lt hold multi update delay IPX networ delay time update inte IPX networ interval t lier K number gt plier gt K number gt r rval K number gt imer gt Creates a static SAP entry where Service type is defined by an integer 1 65535 Some well known service examples are 0000h unknown 0003h print queue 0004h file server 0005h job server 0007h print server 0009h archive server 0024h remote bridge server 0047h advertising print server service name is a character string 1 to 47 characters e ipxhost is the network and node network IPX network number 1 2147483647 node xx yy zz uu vv ww where xx yy ZZ uu yy and ww are 2 digit hexadecimal numbers socket number is 0 65535 hop count is 1 to 15 Deletes a static SAP entry Sets the hold multiplier value for the IPX interface The range is 1 to 2147483647 the default is 3 Sets the update delay timer for the IPX interface The range is 1 to 1000 ms the default is 50 ms Sets the update interval for the IPX interface in seconds The range is 1 to 2147483647 The default is 60 seconds
98. C 1643 Ether like MIB e RFC 1757 RMON e RFC 1850 OSPF MIB e RFC 1583 OSPF e RFC 2178 OSPF e RFC 2338 VRRP e IEEE 802 1D Standard for Spanning Tree Protocol TEEE 802 3 Ethernet IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Tagging e Enterprise MIB located on the Accelar 1000 Series Software CD 202086 B xxxiii Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface How to Get Help If you purchased a service contract for your Bay Networks product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact the technical support staff for that distributor or reseller for assistance If you purchased a Bay Networks service program call one of the following Bay Networks Technical Solutions Centers Technical Solutions Center Telephone Number Fax Number Billerica MA 800 2LANWAN 978 916 5314 Santa Clara CA 800 2LANWAN 408 495 1188 Valbonne France 33 4 92 96 69 68 33 4 92 96 69 98 Sydney Australia 61 2 9927 8800 61 2 9927 8811 Tokyo Japan 81 3 5402 0180 81 3 5402 0173 Xxxiv 202086 B Chapter 1 Accelar Basics Bay Networks Accelar 1000 Series Routing Switches provide very high speed packet forwarding combined with the control of Internet Protocol IP routing Accelar switches support Gigabit Ethernet technology as well as conventional 10 megabits per second Mb s and 100 Mb s environments combining layer 2 switching with layer 3 routing
99. ERFACE STATE EXPIRY TIME CLOSE HOP PRIORITY Figure 6 65 Output for the show ip mroute next hop Command show ip mroute route This command displays information about the multicast route Figure 6 66 is a sample display Accelar 1250 show ip mroute route Mroute Route GROUP SOURCE SRCMASK UPSTREAM NBR IF EXPIR PROT 239 255 15 197 192 168 230 0 255 255 25550 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 160 171 192 168 230 0 25542255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 162 227 192 168 230 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 178 111 192 168 230 0 2595 200 255 60 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 184 179 192 168 230 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 184 179 192 168 231 0 255 259 20980 0 0 0 0 V21 160 dvm 239 255 207 31 192 168 230 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 208 57 192 168 230 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 209 1 192 168 230 0 255 255 2550 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 214 171 192 168 230 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 221 143 192 168 230 0 255 5 259 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 226 119 192 168 230 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm 239 255 226 119 192 168 231 0 25522554 255 0 0 0 0 0 V21 160 dvm 239 255 245 53 19216872300 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 V20 160 dvm Figure 6 66 Output for the show ip mroute route Command 6 60 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ports stats routing Command This command displays routing inform
100. ITY 1 self 00 e0 16 03 46 00 true low l self 00 e0 16 03 46 22 true low 1 self 00 e0 16 03 46 23 true low 1 self 00 e0 16 03 46 29 true low 1 self 00 e0 16 03 46 2a true low Figure 5 37 Output for the show vian info fdb entry Command show vlan info fdb filter This command displays the forwarding database filters for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info fdb filter lt vid gt The display includes the VLAN ID the status the VLAN MAC address and the ports from which the VLAN is not allowed to receive frames show vlan info fdb static This command displays the static forwarding database status and priority for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info fbd static lt vid gt config vlan igmp snoop Commands The Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP is used by hosts to report multicast group memberships to neighbor multicast routers IP multicasting provides services such as the delivery of information to multiple destinations with a single transmission and the solicitation of servers by clients As a switch Accelar supports IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 to prune group membership per port within a VLAN This feature is called IGMP snooping Note Implementation of IGMP snooping requires ARU2 or later hardware A and B modules Sender source and access functions require ARU3 B hardware The switch will function in the mode of the lowest hardware present If an A module is installed in a
101. Licensee shall not sublicense assign or otherwise disclose to any third party the Software or any information about the operation design performance or implementation of the Software and user manuals that is confidential to Bay Networks and its licensors however Licensee may grant permission to its consultants subcontractors and agents to use the Software at Licensee s facility provided they have agreed to use the Software only in accordance with the terms of this license 3 Limited warranty Bay Networks warrants each item of Software as delivered by Bay Networks and properly installed and operated on Bay Networks hardware or other equipment it is originally licensed for to function substantially as described in its accompanying user manual during its warranty period which begins on the date Software is first shipped to Licensee If any item of Software fails to so function during its warranty period as the sole remedy Bay Networks will at its discretion provide a suitable fix patch or workaround for the problem that may be included in a future Software release Bay Networks further warrants to Licensee that the media on which the Software is provided will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of 90 days from the date Software is first shipped to Licensee Bay Networks will replace defective media at no charge if it is returned to Bay Networks during the warranty period along with proof of the date
102. MMANDS ee 6 31 C A aT rcr T T Tre trea Tree sre Torr ee 6 33 Soc PS MEIN eS un CORT 0 OS COMMAS Me 6 34 COII DOSPE aeaea E ER 6 34 config ip CSO hosiroule vi TC SORTE ORD Niet oae tx dated ited eae edo 6 36 POETS AE I lr MT NET 6 37 repe gie ospi BIO PANGS ee 6 38 config ip ospf area virital nterface Liuius rnnt nn ee na 6 39 xii 202086 B sh S asp LUNN Se odio hls ert ER DU p RR GE MR RE Ru Y ate bar runt dtm e eR 6 40 Cis modelo Roi EUER RECEN 6 40 BRN 10 E I E mM 6 41 show P Osp dolau MOTIE P 6 42 Shaw D OSP HOSTIOU ec P Show 1 DEDI MSIE conrod pa uiti buses cmi etus ded Ea tuc d id 6 42 Ciis Tag TEIE a SPN ERE Dee rte ne PE E L EET rte RUE ner Ey ean E cer errr ee 6 42 TOU DOSP TTA ect E BOW D g foglie T m 6 43 Cs Riso co EU M 6 44 SHOU ip ospi neighbors on SON P OSR TI ec 6 45 OTE SK a a a Na 6 45 configure ethernet port ip ospf Commands eese 6 46 Show DON oep commande M M 6 48 show po Bono ISIE E show poris IMO OSPI eee 6 48 show poris siats ospi Main ceric ater iatidiualcacetinniatal a iesi i nia 6 49 show ports stats ospf extended saci ceivsssuncoraisacnnersassacneoeivSanbnoriaenasnorsaasaonneraaand OA pong vian ip ospi COMINGS sarsari A d nto pa RR 6 50 BU WRT p ror E E E EA E A E A A tients 6 52 MIRIAP COMING en 6 52 cong ethernet po
103. NKSTATEID ADV_ROUTER AGE SEQ NBR CSUM Summary 10 120 980 COs 120 97 2 58 0x80001740 0x7bbf Summary 10 121 10 0 134 177 172 2 465 0x8000007f 0xb450 Figure 6 46 Partial Output for the show ip ospf Isdb Command 6 44 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ip ospf neighbors This command displays OSPF neighbors with parameters shown in Figure 6 47 Accelar 1100 show ip ospf neighbors Ospf Neighbors INTERFACE NBRROUTERID NBRIPADDR PRIO_STATE n RTXOLEN 10 10 80 2 22 3 76 0 10 10 80 1 1 Ful Figure 6 47 Output for the show ospf neighbors Command show ip ospf range This command displays the OSPF range including area ID range network address range subnet mask and range flag show ip ospf stats This command displays the OSPF statistics shown in Figure 6 48 Accelar 11004 show ip ospf stats Ospf Statistics NumBufAlloc 61971 NumBufFree 61971 NumBufAllocFail 0 NumBufFreeFail 0 NumTxPkt 61972 NumRxPkt 78525 NumTxDropPkt 0 NumRxDropPkt 0 NumRxBadPkt 0 NumSpfRun 14 LastSpfRun 0xf65d88 LsdbTblSize 348 Figure 6 48 Output for the show ip ospf stats Command 202086 B 6 45 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface configure ethernet port ip ospf Commands The port based OSPF commands set OSPF parameters for a specific port The parameter lt ports gt specifies the ports for which you are entering
104. P address of an OSPF area Use dotted decimal notation to specify the area name You can use any value for the OSPF area name for example 1 1 1 1 or 200 200 200 200 202086 B 6 37 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip ospf area lt area gt followed by info Displays OSPF area characteristics Figure 6 38 create Creates an OSPF area delete Deletes an OSPF area import summaries lt true false gt Sets the area s support for importing summary advertisements into a stub area This field should be used only if the area stub is set to true nssa lt true false gt Sets a not so stubby area true or false An NSSA prevents flooding of normal route advertisements into the area by replacing them with a default route stub lt true false gt Sets the import external option for this area to be stub or not true false A stub area has only one exit point router interface out of the area stub metric lt stub metric gt Stub default metric for this stub area which is the cost from 0 to 16777215 This is the metric value applied at the indicated type of service Accelar 11004 config ip ospf area 1 0 0 0 info create not created delete not created import summaries not created nssa not created stub not created stub metric not created Figure 6 38 Output for the config ip ospf area info Command config
105. P address used in the copy operation is 127 0 0 lt slot gt where slot is the slot number of the standby SSF module In the Accelar 1200 switch this slot number will always be either 4 or 5 202086 B 3 21 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface To copy a file from the active SSF module to the standby SSF module issue the following command from the active SSF module copy lt device gt lt filename gt tftp When prompted enter the 127 0 0 lt slot gt address of the standby SSF module as well as the file name in the format lt device gt lt filename gt Similarly a Telnet session can be established from the active SSF module to the standby SSF module using the 127 0 0 lt slot gt address Test Commands The test commands enable you to test the routing switch while the switch is operating The tests do not interfere with the switch s normal bridging and routing activities but they do occupy the CPU The test commands include the following options test followed by artable Runs the Address Resolution table test fabric Tests the routing switch s entire switch fabric test loopback ports Places individual ports into internal or external loopback lt int ext gt mode ports is the port list slot port slot port e int ext is internal or external loopback mode defined by an ASCII string stop artable Stops the current Address Resolution table test
106. PE SRC OPTION DST OPTION PROTOCOL MIRROR 2 src 2 source equal equal ignore false DST ADDR DST MAS DSTPT SRC ADDR SRC_MASK SRCPT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 20 0 255 255 255 0 0 PRIORITY TCPCONNECT IEEE VLAN PRO USEPKTLIMIT PKTLIMIT TOSRULE MODE false false 0 false 0 none useDefaultAction Figure 7 27 Output for the show ip traffic filter enabled Command show ip traffic filter global This command displays global filters for the switch or for the specified filter IDs in the syntax show ip traffic filter global fid Figure 7 28 is a partial display showing all filters 7 28 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters Accelar 1200 show ip traffic filter global Ip Traffic filter Global Filters ID NAME TYPE SRC OPTION DST OPTION PROTOCOL MIRROR 3 global 3 global equal equal tcp false DST ADDR DST MAS DSTPT SRC ADDR SRC_MASK SRCPT 10210 30420 255 255 255 0 23 10 10 20 100 255 255 255 255 23 PRIORITY ICPCONNECT IEEE VLAN PRO USEPKTLIMIT PKTLIMIT TOSRULE MODE false false 0 false 0 none useDefaultAction ID NAME TYPE SRC OPTION DST OPTION PROTOCOL MIRROR 4 global 4 global ignore ignore ignore false DST ADDR DST MAS DSTPT SRC ADDR SRC MASK SRCPT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PRIORITY TCPCONNECT IEEE VLAN PRO USEPKTLIMIT PKTLIMIT TOSRULE MODE true true 0 false 0 none useDefaultAction T Figure 7 28 Partial Output fo
107. PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE In addition the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that contains restrictions on use and disclosure that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed by third parties 202086 B Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement NOTICE Please carefully read this license agreement before copying or using the accompanying software or installing the hardware unit with pre enabled software each of which is referred to as Software in this Agreement BY COPYING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT THE TERMS EXPRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE ONLY TERMS UNDER WHICH BAY NETWORKS WILL PERMIT YOU TO USE THE SOFTWARE If you do not accept these terms and conditions return the product unused and in the original shipping container within 30 days of purchase to obtain a credit for the full purchase price 1 License Grant Bay Networks Inc Bay Networks grants the end user of the Software Licensee a personal nonexclusive nontransferable license a to use the Software either on a single computer or if applicable on a single authorized device identified by host ID for which it was originally acquired b to copy the Sof
108. REEMENT IS THE ENTIRE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BAY NETWORKS AND LICENSEE WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT NO DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL TERMS WILL BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST BAY NETWORKS UNLESS BAY NETWORKS GIVES ITS EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT INCLUDING AN EXPRESS WAIVER OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT 202086 B Contents Preface BTS OUTED MENT IUUD xxvii p geo d xxviii ac HM dne ru sirina rin eae eS XXix aPDNCR RN pm XXX i Chapter 1 Accelar Basics IRFU WIEST TOO ec Rv nS 1 2 Peel eN Ser e REE 1 2 ecelar VLAN Manage steer argen ERE RR ERR e YER EE Rad ERE adu dV E vr una Rd Pa ad 1 2 Bapt Monitor Command Line Interface ccciccssieccsdgiernmaddepornmcadageesraatsanuncadeloonrnnrateeares 1 3 Run Time Command Line Iierfaeb iei sc cmt etae xp Ease E aad pp Ro raai 1 3 Ae celar Configuration Pamj r eus ceu eite nr bM eae X anane aaa iA DG aad 1 3 incer OD qon naaa o o EUN Stage 1 Boot Monitor ace Lead 1 4 Stage 2 Boot Configuration Load 22i censetur eR rn estne Sut tunt TERR a CORE UR cag xa 1 4 Stage 3 Run Time Image Load iussu s edicere tas dst Pana dad i aia 1 5 Stage 4 Routing Switch Configuration Load neon rrrrs rennen ros 1 6 Flash FOMOIA Filet SYSTEME suiriri aa Ur pp Red apte Ora abet Madre d M Fiash Momory ORGANIZATION e
109. RTR ID ENABLE INTERVAL INTERVAL PRIORITY METRIC AUTHTYPE AUTHKEY AREAID L false 10 40 1 0 none 0 0 0 0 2 false 10 40 1 0 none 0 0 0 0 3 false 10 40 1 0 none 0 0 0 0 4 false 10 40 1 0 none 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 55 Output for the show vian info ospf Command VRRP Commands Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP is designed to eliminate an inherent failure in the static default routed environment by introducing a logical IP address shared between two or more routers connecting the subnet to the enterprise network VRRP parameters are set on an isolated routing port or on a VLAN Note In A ARU2 hardware four VRRP interfaces isolated routing ports or VLANs are allowed per switch and all virtual router IDs must be unique In B ARU3 hardware a maximum of 255 VRIDs can be configured config ethernet port ip vrrp Commands The port VRRP commands set VRRP on a port These commands use the following parameters e ports specify the ports for which you are entering the command in the form portlist slot port slot port e vridis the virtual router ID 1 to 255 a number that uniquely identifies a virtual router on a given VRRP router The virtual router acts as the default router for one or more assigned addresses 6 52 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ethernet lt ports gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt followed by info a
110. Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show port ospf Commands These commands display OSPF parameters and statistics for a port or all ports show ports error ospf This command displays extended information about OSPF errors for the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports error ospf lt ports gt Figure 6 50 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports error ospf Port Ospf Error PORT VERSION AREA AUTHTYPE AUTH NET_MASK HELLOINT DEADINT OPTION NUM MISMATCH MISMATCH MISMATCH FAILURES MISMATCH MISMATCH MISMATCH MISMATCH 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 50 Output for the show ports error ospf Command show ports info ospf This command displays information about the OSPF parameters of the specified port or all ports using the format show ports info ospf lt ports gt Figure 6 51 is an example Accelar 105Xf show ports info ospf Port Ospf PORT HELLO RTRDEAD OSPF NUM ENABLE INTVAL INTVAL PRIORITY METRIC AUTHTYPE AUTHKEY AREA ID tyi false 10 40 I none 0 0 0 0 3 1 true 10 40 1 10 none 0 0 0 0 3 2 true 10 40 1 0 none 0 0 0 0 3 3 false 10 40 1 0 none 0 0 0 0 3 4 false 10 40 1 0 none 0 50 20 0 Figure 6 51 Output for the show ports info ospf Command 6 48 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ports stats ospf main This command displays ba
111. STPT SRC ADDR SRC MASK SRCPT 10 10 30 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 4 20 0 PRIORITY TCPCONNECT IEEE VLAN PRO USEPKTLIMIT PKTLIMIT TOSRULE MODE false false 0 false 0 none useDefaultAction Figure 7 26 Output for the show ip traffic filter destination Command show ip traffic filter disabled This command displays information about the disabled filters on the switch using the format show ip traffic filter disabled lt ports gt If port numbers are entered information is displayed only for those ports show ip traffic filter enabled This command displays information about the enabled filters on the switch or on specified ports using the syntax show ip traffic filter enabled lt ports gt Figure 7 27 shows a display for port 2 1 which has two filters applied If no port number is specified information is displayed for all ports 202086 B 7 27 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1200 show ip traffic filter enabled Ip Traffic filter Enable List port 2 1 Access List Id 301 Base ID NAME TYPE SRC OPTION DST OPTION PROTOCOL MIRROR 1 dst 1 destination equal equal ignore false DST ADDR DST MAS DSTPT SRC ADDR SRC_MASK SRCPT 10 10 30 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PRIORITY TCPCONNECT IEEE VLAN PRO USEPKTLIMIT PKTLIMIT TOSRULE MODE false false 0 false 0 none useDefaultAction ID NAME TY
112. UNREACH PROTOCOL 10 10 80 9 1 4 640 6 0 0 634 Figure 6 27 Output for the show ip udpfwd interface info Command 202086 B 6 23 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip udpfwd portfwd info This command displays the UDP port forwarding table Figure 6 28 Accelar 105X show ip udpfwd portfwd info Udp Port Fwd Tbl UDP_PORT FORWARDING_ADDR FWDPKTS DRPTTLI EX DRPDEST_UNKNOWN 137 139 see el ee 6 2626262 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 28 Output for the show ip udpfwd portfwd info Command show ip udpfwd portfwdlist info This command displays the UDP Port Forwarding List Table for the specified list or all lists on the switch and uses the syntax show ip udpfwd portfwdlist info fwdlistid show ip udpfwd protocol info This command displays the UDP protocol table with the UDP port numbers for each supported or designated protocol Figure 6 29 is an example Accelar 105X show ip udpfwd protocol info UDP Protocol Tbl1 UDP PORT PROTOCOL NAME 37 49 53 69 137 138 139 Time Service TACACS Service DNS TFTP NetBIOS NameSrv NetBIOS DataSrv Designated Figure 6 29 Output for the show ip udpfwd protocol info Command 6 24 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features RIP Commands This section describes the commands used to configure Routing Information Protocol RIP on the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch You
113. VLAN Then the route will be advertised even when the link is down To disable advertising based on link status this parameter should be disabled create lt ipaddr mask gt Assigns an IP address and subnet mask to the VLAN delete ipaddr Deletes the specified VLAN address 202086 B 6 9 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip info action N A agetime 0 delete N A highpriority false name Default Figure 6 12 Output for the config vlan ip info Command show vlan info ip This command displays the routing IP configuration for all VLANs on the switch or for the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info igmp vid Figure 6 13 is a sample display Accelar 105X show vlan info ip Vlan Ip VLAN IP NET BCASTADDR REASM ADVERTISE ID NAME ADDRESS MASK FORMAT MAXSIZE WHEN DOWN 7 Servers 10 10 80 33 255 255 255 240 ones 1500 disable Figure 6 13 Output for the show vian info ip Command IP ARP Commands The Address Resolution Protocol ARP commands enable you to add and delete static entries in the ARP table and to display the ARP table The ARP table maps MAC addresses to IP addresses If you add an ARP entry fora VLAN the VLAN is associated with the MAC address you specify When you display the ARP table all entries static and dynamic are displayed Before you can add an ARP entry to a port
114. a running configuration to a script file By default script execution does not display at the device where the command was issued However if the optional debug parameter is used then the execution of the command in the script file and the results are output to the device from which the command was executed The script file itself is an ASCII text file The first line of the file must include a pound sign followed by a carriage return with the remaining lines containing valid CLI commands one pert line The format of the command is copy lt sourcedevice filename gt running config debug where e sourcedevice may bea flash PCMCIA or TFTP based file server If tftp is specified you will be prompted for the server IP address and the file name e filename is the name of the file to be copied e debug is the optional parameter that allows viewing execution of the script Note Exercise care when executing script files from within the CLI The command execution will reference from your current position in the directory structure Accessing Files Using the Standby SSF Module On an Accelar 1200 switch the latest Accelar software allows you to access the standby SSF module from the active SSF module using copy and telnet command operations Files in the flash file system of the active SSF module can be copied to the flash file system of the standby SSF module and vice versa using the copy tftp command The I
115. accept pid apply mask lt ipmask gt config ip policy rip accept pid create config ip policy rip accept pid delete config ip policy rip accept pid disable config ip policy rip accept pid enable config ip policy rip accept pid exact netlist netlist id config ip policy rip accept pid info config ip policy rip accept pid inject netlist netlist id gt config ip policy rip accept pid name lt string gt config ip policy rip accept pid precedence precedence config ip policy rip accept pid range netlist netlist id config ip policy rip accept pid rip gateway list addrlist id config ip policy rip accept pid rip interface list lt listid gt config ip policy rip announce pid action lt announcelignore gt page 7 11 config ip policy rip announce pid add route src lt direct static rip ospflany gt config ip policy rip announce pid advertise netlist netlist id config ip policy rip announce pid create config ip policy rip announce pid delete config ip policy rip announce pid disable config ip policy rip announce pid enable config ip policy rip announce pid exact netlist netlist id gt config ip policy rip announce pid info config ip policy rip announce pid name string config ip policy rip announce pid ospf router id list addrlist id gt config ip policy rip announce pid ospf route type lt type1 type2 external inter
116. access policy 1 to 65535 202086 B 4 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config sys access policy policy pid followed by host ipaddr mode mode name name network lt addr mask gt precedence lt precedence gt service lt enable service lt enable service lt enable service lt enable http disa rlog disa snmp disa teln disa ble gt in ble gt ble gt et ble gt username lt string gt Sets the access policy trusted host address Applicable only for remote login and remote shell execution and is the IP address a b c d of the host used to authenticate the user The login must be the specified user at the specified host for access Defines the specified access policy mode as allow or deny access Sets the specified access policy name string Sets the access policy network address and subnet mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x default Sets the access policy precedence The precedence determines which policy to use if multiple policies apply The precedence range is from 1 to 128 with the lowest number having the highest precedence Enables or disables the specified access policy for HTTP service Enables or disables the specified access policy for rlogin service Enables or disables the specified access policy for SNMP service Enables or disables the specified access policy for Telnet
117. ace if not all VRRP interfaces are listed Figure 6 62 is a sample output Accelar 12004 show ip vrrp info Vrrp Info VRID IP MAC STATE CONTROL PRIO 2 200 200 200 1 00 00 5e 00 01 02 Master Enabled 255 1 100 100 100 1 00 00 5e 00 01 01 Master Enabled 255 VRID MASTER ADV UP CRITICAL 2 200 200 200 1 1 0 day s 00 10 39 0 0 0 0 1 100 100 100 1 1 0 day s 00 11 08 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 62 Output for the show ip vrrp info Command 202086 B 6 57 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip vrrp stats This command uses the format show ip vrrp stats lt vrid gt ipaddr and displays counter information for the specified VRRP or all VRRP interfaces You must enter a VRID virtual router ID If an IP address is entered the information will be displayed only for that interface if no IP address is entered all VRRP interfaces are listed Figure 6 63 is a sample output Accelar 1200 show ip vrrp stats 1 100 100 100 1 Vrrp Stats BECOME MASTER ADVERITSE RECEIVED CHECK SUM ERROR VERSION ERROR 0 0 0 0 VRID ERROR ADVERTISE INT ERROR TTL ERROR PRIO 0 RECEIVED 0 0 0 0 PRIO 0 SENT INVALID TYPE ERROR ADDRESS LIST ERROR UNKNOWN AUTHTYPE 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 63 Output for the show ip vrrp stats Command IP Multicast Commands The IP multicast commands allow you to configure and view IP multic
118. activated so it is not normally accessed by end users The file system commands refer to the reserved trace area for the trace log running config The running config is the configuration currently running on the Silicon Switch Fabric SSF module This name can only be used as a parameter for the copy command see page 1 16 When used as the source of a copy the destination will require a script file name for the current switch configuration When used as the destination the source must be a script file with CLI commands used to make incremental changes to the current configuration state File System Commands The flash file system commands allow all the basic operations of any file system The commands take the general form of command arguments Note that both the commands and the arguments can be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous Table 1 2 summarizes the Accelar file system commands 1 12 202086 B Accelar Basics Table 1 2 Accelar File System Commands Command Abbreviation Description format fo Formats flash or PCMCIA directory di Lists contents of flash or PCMCIA copy co Copies a file to a device appending a new file to the destination device delete de Marks a file for deletion on a flash device squeeze sq Reclaims space used and removes files marked for deletion recover re Unmarks a file for deletion Format The format command completely and
119. add message digest key Adds an mdb key to the interface At most md5 key id md5 key value two md5 keys can be configured to an interface Multiple md5 key configurations are used for md5 transitions without bringing down an interface metric metric Sets the OSPF metric for the interface The switch advertises the metric in router link advertisements The range is 0 to 65535 poll interval seconds Sets the polling interval for the OSPF interface in seconds 1 to 2147483647 priority priority Sets the OSPF priority for the interface during the election process for the designated router The interface with the highest priority number is the designated router The interface with the second highest priority becomes the backup designated router If the priority is 0 the interface cannot become either the designated router or a backup The priority is used only during election of the designated router and backup designated router The range is 0 to 255 The default is 1 retransmit interval seconds Sets the retransmit interval for the OSPF interface the number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions 1 to 3600 transit delay seconds Sets the transit delay time for the OSPF interface the estimated time in seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over the interface 1 to 3600 config ip ospf area These commands control the OSPF area parameters where area is the I
120. address to a VLAN lt mac gt is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 srcmac info Displays MAC addresses added to or removed from the VLAN Figure 5 28 srcmac remove Removes the source MAC address from the VLAN lt macaddr gt lt mac gt is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 info action agetime delete highpriority name N A 0 N A false Default Figure 5 26 Output for the config vlan info Command Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ports info add portmember 3 11 3 16 activemember 3 11 3 16 staticmember notallowtojoin remove N A Figure 5 27 Output for the config vlan ports info Command Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 srcmac info add 202086 B 5 23 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface remove N A Figure 5 28 Output for the config vlan srcmac info Command show vlan General Commands These commands provide configuration information about all VLANs on the switch or specified VLANs show vlan info basic This command displays the basic configuration for all VLANs or the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info basic vid A sample output is shown in Figure 5 29 Accelar 105X4 show vlan info basic Vlan Basic VLAN STG ID NAME TYPE ID PROTOCOLID SUBNETADDR SUBNETMASK 1 Default byPort 1 none N A N A 2 IPX byProtocolId 1 ipx802dot3 N A N A
121. aero dd nb Dc 6 64 show D dvin ERE TI 2 12 axetinadicievoneddosauuneridoderinneadonuenenriiohenbdediopoinriadodpenceaton a BU HO CI PN TOU aM MM 6 65 config ethernet ip gumrp OOmpmad usce uu eis edant rt e sete For eub rose tuta dE 6 66 SHOW ports ino dvmrp Commands 1 ccgace crecen mr pp a need enne ted E res XAR bera pac 000 cong vian p dw Ca mm bids ooa ert pon dg REDE oan n 6 67 BD VERE ORO QUISIFD asia Gubcekb oua ALME DR dU lb aE ARER a ES PERLE 6 68 Layer 3 IGMP Comite e M 6 68 conlo p Fo Omp COMMING eT 6 68 CORI iomp WHC NN show D a IGANG Commando qp 6 70 PIU TI HI CNG NEM ncn Rea A T A A AE 6 70 show D ETO OD gum TET FLU cup Rel Pg tC sia a Sap enddnenb ace te sri aaceer ranean 6 71 config ethernet ip l8 igmp CommandS iuis ece tu eer mk dbunetoedcccunbonataehaneccuuaeneddds 6 72 BOW poris TNO Nc AQUING MR 6 73 cong vian ip omp DOImri ills iscssxixsercndeken engen ER dant E et d antc a RA 6 73 show vian inio Omp M lg denn cna rasani 6 75 SORG D CONIMA E TO T 6 75 EG Viam px Commande Leanne orneceddkoror dk op LEA ds pr FERE Pr pad prc X ca uen OO xiv 202086 B GOD px Sor Donahue Lsaqosndidrap n nnda ERG pp ard c a aE 6 78 conf ipx static route COT IB da uci qua uo opa arce eai aa a santas 6 79 wenijeKle died meer 6 80 CORDIC i c D 6 81 c E erc EU COn IID BAI COMMANDS e 6 82 IOUS Pr Sap C MNT EE OI 6 83 COT
122. alf 10 false 0 false 3 7 true true half 0 half 10 false 0 false 3 8 true true half 0 half 10 false J false Figure 5 5 Output for the show ports info config Command 5 6 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features show ports info interface This command displays information about the physical interface for the specified port or all ports using the syntax show ports info interface lt ports gt Figure 5 6 is an example Accelar 105X show ports info interface Port Interface PORT PHYSICAL STATUS NUM INDEX DESCRIPTION TYPE MTU ADDRESS ADMIN OPERATE 1 1 16 1000BaseF iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 00 up down 3 1 48 100BaseTX iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 20 up up 3 2 49 100BaseTX iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 21 up up 3 3 50 100BaseTX iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 22 up down 3 4 51 100BaseTX iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 23 up down 3 5 52 100BaseTX iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 28 up down 3 6 53 100BaseTX iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 29 up down 3 7 54 100BaseTX iso88023Csmacd 1500 00 e0 16 03 46 2a up down Figure 5 6 Output for the show ports info interface Command show ports stats bridging This command displays port bridging information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats bridging lt ports gt Figure 5 7 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports stats bridging Port Stats Bridge
123. ample output boot boot an image from a device choices change boot order copy copy file to device date read realtime clock delete delete file from device devices enable disable boot devices directory list files on device flags change boot flags format format device help enter help lt command gt for additional information history list command history ip change ip address information log list system log file information ping ping an ip address on a network recover recover deleted files on a device reset reset the system save save changes to boot configuration setdate write realtime clock show display boot configuration squeeze reclaim deleted file space on a device tests enable disable device bootup tests tftp change tftp server information trace list trace file configuration quit quit menu and boot enter help lt command gt for additional information Figure 2 3 Output for the help Command in the Boot Monitor CLI History Commands The history commands let you list the commands you have entered during the current session and reenter commands The history commands include the following history Lists the commands that you have entered during the current CLI session L Reenters the most recently entered command 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface number run command Enters the command identified in the command history by lt number gt lt number gt
124. an aaa G vnn ar Cm cq M 6 14 Oni VAn in BU oaiae a a a 6 14 SHOW Vian THO GIP T 6 15 DHOP Relay COMTANS cunsi 6 16 config ip dhop relay Commands Pe TES show D onep Commandg em 6 17 show BC 2 eae meer Errore b ure amen a ai i yn Tere nn 6 17 Show TIC CONES emp 6 17 config ethernet ip dhcp relay Domanda M 6 17 202086 B xi Show port aep DOIma Is cca tinidtarisinctteatra AAAA Curl 6 18 Snow POr IM GOC bee rscxi p bc cxi a Ue eae UD acu CU Loc e T DE 6 18 show poris S0 QED E 6 19 cong vian ip dhop relay COImIBENTS usse ia genu n aget ERR RR 6 20 SO TEED TOI Wa AOD eM PL EU A UDP COMMEN Re M 6 21 CONG ip uapiwd protocol Commands c 6 22 config ID udowa porifwdlisi Commands 22 e pud nist apa pur d RR PP AQUA E Gud RR KE 40d 0E 6 22 config ip udptwd intertace Commands cacicuseesocacesecse sceau ec estie cutus ricis 6 23 show ip udpiwd GOmmMandS et 6 23 show ip COT DIONICE RNO orainaprnisiganai nai CIt show P PT POG TIO em 6 24 show p udpiwd poriwalist MIO Liuius time issianmebosstatindessuiinedieadaunebisetiagtn 6 24 show IS Uapi wad ProloCOl IIO MER 6 24 RIP C Om e rc 6 25 conid PAP COMMAS necne M A show D Uo COMMMONIOS e 6 27 L UO DOES E T A E Ren E I Orr er E A AA 6 27 DINI D RO OE Meme R aN oTa config ethernet port ip rip COMMAaAnNdS sisiane rr n ERR RR VA 6 28 ie POS Es oro MEE 6 30 CORTE vien 1p NP CO
125. asting parameters on the switch config ip mroute Commands The commands to configure multicast routing on the switch take the following syntax and format where lt ipaddr gt is the multicast route interface IP address config ip mroute followed by info Displays information about the multicast route 6 58 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip mroute followed by interface lt ipaddr gt info Displays information about the multicast route interface mroute interface lt ipaddr gt Sets the default time to live threshold for the ttl lt ttl gt multicast route interface show ip mroute Commands These commands display information about the multicast route set up on the switch show ip mroute interface This command displays information about the multicast interface Figure 6 64 is a sample display Accelar 1250 show ip mroute interface Mroute Interface INTERFACE TTL PROTOCOL Vlan20 1 dvmrp Vlan21 1 dvmrp Figure 6 64 Output for the show ip mroute interface Command show ip mroute next hop This command displays information about the next hop for the multicast route Figure 6 65 is a sample display 202086 B 6 59 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1250 show ip mroute next hop Mroute Next Hop INTERFACE GROUP SOURCI SRCMASK ADDRESS iar INT
126. ata or information without first obtaining any required export licenses or other governmental approvals Without limiting the foregoing Licensee on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries and affiliates agrees that it will not without first obtaining all export licenses and approvals required by the U S Government i export re export transfer or divert any such Software or technical data or any direct product thereof to any country to which such exports or re exports are restricted or embargoed under United States export control laws and regulations or to any national or resident of such restricted or embargoed countries or ii provide the Software or related technical data or information to any military end user or for any military end use including the design development or production of any chemical nuclear or biological weapons 9 General If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the state of California Should you have any questions concerning this Agreement contact Bay Networks Inc 4401 Great America Parkway P O Box 58185 Santa Clara California 95054 8185 LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTANDS IT AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES THAT THIS AG
127. ation about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats routing Figure 6 67 is a sample display Accelar 105Xf show ports stats routing lt ports gt Port Stats Routing PORT IN_FRAME IN_FRAME IN OUT FRAME OUT FRAME NUM UNICAST MULTICAST DISCARD UNICAST MULTICAST 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 64193 0 0 43506 0 3 2 43527 0 0 60372 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 67 Output for the show ports stats routing Command DVMRP Commands Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol DVMRP is used between routers to exchange their multicast routing information The protocol can be configured on an isolated routing port or on a VLAN but it must be enabled globally in order to take effect config ip dvmrp Commands These commands are the global DVMRP commands DVMRP must be enabled globally before it is in effect at the interface port or VLAN level 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip dvmrp The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip dvmrp followed by info disable enable update interval lt integer gt triggered update interval integer leaf timeout integer nbr timeout integer nbr probe interval integer Displays DVMRP settings on the switch Figure 6 68 Globally disables DVMRP on the switch Globally enables DVMRP on the switch Sets the time interval i
128. ble A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No ping lt ipaddr gt lt datasize gt lt count gt s I lt value gt t lt value gt d page 3 10 pingipx lt ipxhost gt lt count gt s q t lt value lt pwc quit recover lt device gt reset rlogin lt ipaddr gt rsh lt ipaddr gt value lt cmd gt save lt devfile gt standby show config verbose page 4 1 show cli info page 4 6 show cli password show cli who show ip arp info lt ip address gt s lt value gt page 6 12 show ip dhcp fwd path page 6 18 show ip dhcp counters show ip diffserv rule page 6 7 show ip dvmrp info page 6 64 show ip dvmrp interface show ip dvmrp neighbor show ip dvmrp next hop show ip dvmrp route show ip flow page 7 2 show ip forwarding page 6 4 show ip interface show ip I3 igmp cache page 6 72 show ip I3 igmp group show ip I3 igmp interface show ip mroute interface page 6 60 show ip mroute next hop show ip mroute route A 20 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No show ip ospf area page 6 41 show ip ospf ase metric type lt value gt show ip ospf default metric show ip ospf host route show ip ospf ifstats mismatch show ip ospf info show ip ospf interface show ip ospf int timers show ip ospf Isdb area lt value gt Isatype lt value gt Isid lt value gt adv_rtr lt value gt detail sho
129. boot monitor updater that writes to the area reserved for the boot image Switch Configuration config and nvram The routing switch configuration is written whenever a save operation is performed on the configuration of the device By default the routing switch configuration is stored in a reserved area in Boot Flash although it is possible to specify alternative locations in the file system for the switch configuration e Inthe Boot Monitor CLI use the command choice e nrun time CLI use the command config sys set config choice The area reserved in Boot Flash for switch configuration is accessed by the file system commands using the config or nvram file names Both config and nvram refer to the same file Note that the switch configuration is read only when the run time image loads System Flash flash The System Flash memory is 4 megabytes MB and is primarily used for run time images the system log configuration files and other general storage It is divided into 64K blocks Files stored in System Flash are always stored in an integral number of blocks 202086 B Accelar Basics File Types Files stored in System Flash are numbered sequentially starting with numeral one 1 Files can be assigned names by the user or referenced by their ordinal position in flash memory The file naming convention for System Flash files is flash lt filename gt or flash lt file gt For example flash 3 and fla
130. by info last memb query int seconds query interval seconds query max resp seconds robustval integer version integer Displays IGMP settings on the port Figure 6 81 Sets the length of time in seconds an entry will remain in the multicast table before timeout Range is 1 to 255 with a default value of 1 Sets the frequency in seconds at which host query packets are transmitted on the port The range is 1 to 65535 with a default of 125 Sets the maximum response time in seconds advertised in IGMPv2 queries on the port Smaller values allow a router to prune groups faster The range is 1 to 255 with a default of 10 Allows tuning for the expected packet loss of a network The range is 2 to 255 with a default of 2 Increase the value if you expect the network to be lossy Sets the version 1 or 2 of IGMP that is running on the port For IGMP to function correctly all routers on a LAN must use the same version The default is IGMPv2 for B hardware and IGMPv1 for A hardware Accelar 11004 config ethernet 3 1 ip 13 igmp info last memb query int query interval query max resp robustval version 1 125 10 2 2 Figure 6 81 Output for the config ethernet ip I3 igmp info Command 6 72 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ports info 13 igmp This command displays IGMP information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax s
131. ccelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan vid igmp snoop followed by static members lt GroupAddress gt Deletes a static IGMP snooping group delete static members lt GroupAddress gt Displays information about the static IGMP info snooping group static members lt GroupAddress gt Removes static member ports from the IGMP remove lt ports gt snooping group address and configures them as lt static blocked gt static members or blocked not allowed to join Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 igmp snoop info mrouter query interval 125 report proxy enable robust value 2 state disable Figure 5 38 Output for the config vlan igmp snoop info Command show vlan igmp snoop Commands These commands display information about the Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP snooping feature used to optimize data flow within the selected VLAN or all VLANs on the switch show vlan info snoop This command uses the format show vlan info snoop lt vid gt and shows the IGMP snoop parameters configured for all VLANs or for the specified VLAN Figure 5 39 5 32 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features Accelar 105X show vlan info snoop Vlan Snoop VLAN IGMP PROXY QUERY MROUTER ACT RTR LAST QUERIER ID NAME SNOOP ENABLE ROBUST INTVAL PORTS PORTS QUERIER PORT 1 Default false true 2 125 0 0 0 0 2 IPX false true 2 125 0 0 o 0 3 M
132. command displays basic VRRP configuration information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports info vrrp main lt ports gt Figure 6 57 is a sample output Accelar 1200 show ports info vrrp main Port VErp PORT NUM VRRP ID IP ADDRESS VIRTUAL MAC ADDR 3 3 2 200 200 200 1 00 00 5e 00 01 02 Figure 6 57 Output for the show ports info vrrp main Command show ports info vrrp extended This command displays extended VRRP configuration information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports info vrrp extended lt ports gt Figure 6 58 is a sample output Accelar 1200 show ports info vrrp extended Port Vrrp Extended PORT STATE CONTROL PRIORITY MASTER IPADDR ADVERTISE CRITICAL IPADDR 3 3 master enabled 255 200 200 200 1 1 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 58 Output for the show ports info vrrp extended Command In the display in Figure 6 58 the Master_IPaddr is the IP address of the master router 6 54 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ports stats vrrp This command displays VRRP information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats vrrp lt ports gt config vlan ip vrrp Commands The VLAN VRRP commands set VRRP on a VLAN using these required parameters vidis the VLAN ID 1 to 4095 e vridis the virtual router ID 1 to 255 a number that uniquely identifies a virtual
133. command in the script file and the results are output to the device from which the command was executed The script file itself is an ASCII text file The first line of the file must include a pound sign followed by a carriage return with the remaining lines containing valid CLI commands one per line 202086 B Accelar Basics The format of the command is copy lt sourcedevice filename gt running config debug where sourcedevice may be a flash PCMCIA or TFTP based file server If tftp is specified you will be prompted for the server IP address and the file name filename is the name of the file to be copied debug is the optional parameter that allows viewing execution of the script Note Use care when executing script files from within the CLI The command execution will reference from your current position in the directory structure Delete The delete command marks a file for deletion on a device usage delete lt devfile gt devfile filename or file number of the flash or pcmcia file device name or number can be included Note that the delete command only marks a file for deletion but does not actually erase the file To free the space used by a deleted file use the squeeze command Squeeze The squeeze command reclaims deleted file space on a device usage squeeze lt device gt device flash pcmcia device name or number can be included Note that the files will be renumbe
134. commas Some examples of port lists are 3 4 6 4 7 2 6 1 2 7 1 3 To specify a range of ports type the low port number in the range a dash and then the high port number in the range lt slot gt lt position gt lt slot gt lt position gt 3 6 202086 B Run Time CLI Description Notice that there is no space between the port numbers and the dashes Some examples of port ranges are 3 1 3 6 2 2 2 9 2 5 3 5 When you specify ports you can specify any combination of port lists and port ranges For example the following port arguments are valid 2 7 6 1 6 6 3 2 3 5 1 1 1 7 6 1 7 6 2 5 3 1 3 7 6 1 Specifying IP Addresses and Subnet Masks All IP addresses in the CLIs are specified in dotted decimal notation as follows lt XXX gt lt XXX gt lt XXX gt lt XXX gt An IP address with a subnet mask can be specified in two forms lt KXX gt lt xXXK gt lt xKXX gt lt xxx gt lt yyy gt lt yyy gt lt yyy gt lt yyy gt or lt XXX gt lt XXX gt lt XXX gt lt XXX gt lt n gt where lt XXX gt lt XXX gt lt XXX gt lt xxx gt is the IP address in dotted decimal notation lt yyy gt lt yyy gt lt yyy gt lt yyy gt is the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation lt n gt is the number of subnet mask bits The following examples both refer to the same IP address and subnet mask pair 10 10 10 1 255 255 255 0 10 10 10 1 24 202086 B 3 7 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Seri
135. configure RIP on an isolated routing port or ona VLAN but you must enable it globally as well config ip rip Commands The config ip rip commands allow you to enable or disable RIP globally on the switch These commands are config ip rip followed by info disable domain lt ipaddr gt lt value gt enable holddown lt seconds gt updatetime lt seconds gt Displays current RIP configuration settings Eigure 6 30 Globally disables RIP on the switch Changes the RIP interface configuration domain the value inserted into the routing domain field of all RIP packets sent on this interface e lt ipaddr gt is the interface IP address t r Daed EFs value is the domain value 0 to 39321 Globally enables RIP on the switch Sets the RIP holddown timer value the length of time in seconds that RIP will continue to advertise a network after determining that it is unreachable The range is O to 360 with a default of 120 Sets RIP update timer the time interval between RIP updates The range is 0 to 360 with a default of 30 seconds 202086 B 6 25 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip rip followed by receive lt ipaddr gt mode lt value gt Changes the RIP interface receive configuration IP address is the address of the interface and mode indicates what RIP versions to accept e rip1 RIP version 1 rip2 RIP version 2 ript or r
136. covered under the DHCP Relay Commands section in Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ethernet ports Commands The config ethernet port commands allow you to set layer 2 parameters for the specified ports on the routing switch In all port commands lt ports gt is the port or list of ports on which you are running the command slot port slot port 202086 B 5 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface These commands include media layer commands and network layer commands for the specified port s The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ethernet lt ports gt followed by info auto negotiate lt enable disable gt duplex lt half full gt speed lt 10 100 gt state lt enable disable test gt default vlan id vid high priority lt true false gt linktrap lt enable disable gt lock lt true false gt preferred phy lt left right gt perform tagging lt enable disable gt tagged frames discard lt enable disable gt Displays the current port settings Figure 5 1 Enables or disables autonegotiation adjusting between 10 Mb s and 100 Mb s and half or full duplex on the port See note on page 5 3 Enabled by default Sets the operating mode of the port to half duplex or full duplex when autonegotiation is disabled Sets the port speed to 10 Mb s or 100 Mb s when autonegotiation is disabled Specifies
137. cy external metric type to type 1 or type 2 Assigns the OSPF accept policy name Sets the precedence for the OSPF announce policy The range is 0 to 65535 If multiple policies apply the higher precedence is used Sets the OSPF announce policy to match any network number that falls into the indicated range The netlist id range is 0 to 1000 Removes a route source from the announce policy Identifies the RIP gateway lists that are associated with this announce policy The RIP gateway list ID 0 to 1000 applies only to RIP sourced routes if RIP is included as a route Source Indicates the entries in the RIP interface lists that are associated with this announce policy The RIP interface list ID 0 to 1000 applies only to RIP sourced routes if RIP is included as a route source 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters Accelar 105X config ip policy ospf announce 2002 info create i delete N A name POLICY 2002 enable true exact net list 0 ext metric type type2 range net list 0 rip gateway list 0 rip interface list 0 advertise net list 0 precedence 0 route source any action ignore exact metric 0 Figure 7 5 Output for the config ip policy ospf announce info Command config ip policy rip These commands are used to apply the configured RIP accept or announce policies to the switch Use the config ip policy rip info command to display current status config ip policy ri
138. d Car II m T UT TU 3 12 Dae CONTEN e ara a aa a a RAE 3 12 Hep COMMA e 3 13 ales E DE Login ExitLogout P EAD Mails Pig ang PiInglPA Commands oig esciregibtosee tuve tei i nsa tud O cc NA S MISERE LE 3 17 Tr ceroUle COMER uso conse clibecsdkrbusn RE EO ELS bn EUN UR E Cie beaux E NORMA RR CPR RiR 3 18 File and Device Management Commands seeeeeeseeseeee essen nennen 3 18 Copy Script File to a Running Configuration uices ias erri terna Roanne kan a 3 21 Accessing Files Using the Standby SSF Module 0 ccceceeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 3 21 EEEE E ases ek uced sau iasivennnacined esta UVE RE DUO EUR 1 PELO e O A E T 3 22 SNOW NOSE COM IVAN S s aei cia too adi dd Uno tide bre dtd pP a ee C ieS ar Mem ML E M EU 3 23 SPON ieS oir PR eio a A E a A a 3 23 BOW TORT MOO ODA T 3 24 Tace CONS basa exemit Pr aad or RE S E dra ee ua e eO pha o PLE ER ERS 3 24 SHOW tace Commands 9p PCT Cus gigs s TNE ed 3 25 vl sci sr aA 3 25 202086 B vii Chapter 4 Configuring Switch Management SOW CORT Bri clue Mm 4 2 cu meyer ig Mer M IEEE 4 4 CLI Manadament Commands a2 ci aca dea pein moe CORTE CH SOMUINI BIOS cccaciannecddkaasortxaiaamnecctiucamestdanmeiensdnturmenedbuanmnersseuienrcdanummendanran 4 5 show el COMMUNES mee EEEE 4 6 SPONGI I onina a na TU PONG ETO M 4 7 conf eli Password CORR Lieu aa tiu ee Gnd ate eR ERR lote Mesa
139. d eicere eer herr an 6 77 Output for the config ipx forwarding info Command 6 77 Output for the config ipx set info Command eese cene 6 79 Output for the config ipx static route info Command 6 80 Output for the config ipx rip info Command eee aint ra aidera 6 80 Output for the config ipx sap info Command eee 6 82 Output for the show ipx config Command sss 6 85 Output for the show ipx default Command sss 6 85 Output for the show ipx route Command eese 6 86 Output for the show ipx sap Command ueeeeeeuuesssssss 6 86 Output for the show ipx stats Command 1 cue eere rane etna 6 87 Output for the show vlan info Command esses 6 88 Output for the config ip flow Command ssssesseeeeeeeeennnen 7 2 Output for the config ip policy addrlist info Command 7 4 Output for the config ip policy netlist info Command ssse 7 5 Output for the config ip policy ospf accept info Command 7 7 Output for the config ip policy ospf announce info Command 7 9 Output for the config ip policy rip accept info Command 7 10 Output for the config ip policy rip announce info Command 7 12 Output for the show ip policy addr
140. d Direccion Flaeh Example cS 1 16 Config CLI Password Info Example 1 oue cime aont nne 1 20 Output for the help Command in the Boot Monitor CLI 2 3 Sample Output for the directory Command ssssssssss 2 8 Output for the help Command in the Boot Monitor CLI 2 9 Durput for the ip Command oasceececesrt osse tibi orina ee DE prd qul Use ta TUE ese MEME 2 11 Example of Output for the ping Coniniand 2 13 Qu tput for the show COmmMmand ic caeciamu ec exa ME H s rci ub bat kE M rae DRE bte ti UR 2 14 POC ci T200 SNS er 3 6 Partial Run Time CLI Tree AiR Output of the help Command at the Prompt 3 13 Output for help commands in the Run Time CLl sss 3 14 Output for the help config Command sissincciisssccceedsasccneedsssscneesaiescnonrssanne OB LO OuIput Tor the history Command saeco isn Reg aeria x tee dad ce RR DR ARE 3 16 Q tput from the ping CNUs sas sas sanecatneriuedeancaigndetnl Du nen 3 17 Example of the traceroute Command 1 sce csse cceecce 3 18 Output for Some File and Device Management Commands 3 20 Output for the show test artable Command suus 9 28 Output for the show test fabric Command ssssssssuususs 3 23 Output for the show test loopback Command ssssssss 3 24 Output for the sho
141. d filter 3 remove filter N A Figure 7 24 Output for the config ip traffic filter global set info Command config ip traffic filter set Commands These commands configure the filter set where set id is the set ID 300 to 1000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip traffic filter list setid followed by info Displays the filter set characteristics Figure 7 25 add filter fid Adds a filter to a filter set where the traffic filter ID has a range of 1 to 4000 create name value Creates a filter set with the name string delete Deletes a filter set remove filter lt fid gt Removes a filter from a filter set Accelar 1200 config ip traffic filter set 301 info create nam Server On delete N A add filter 2 remove filter N A Figure 7 25 Output for the config ip traffic filter set info Command 202086 B 7 25 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ethernet ip traffic filter Commands These commands are used at the port level to set filters used to manage traffic Each filter set includes match conditions and actions to be performed when a match condition is satisfied These commands include ports as the portlist slot port slot port config ethernet ports ip traffic filter followed by info Displays the traffic filters applied to the port default action forward Sets the port filter default act
142. d range is 0 to 1000 Identifies the RIP gateway lists that are associated with this policy The RIP gateway list ID 0 to 1000 applies only to RIP sourced routes if RIP is included as a route source Indicates the entries in the RIP interface lists that are associated with this policy The RIP interface list ID 0 to 1000 applies only to RIP sourced routes if RIP is included as a route source Accelar 105X config ip policy rip accept 4002 info create delete name enable exact net list range net list rip gateway list rip interface list inject net list precedence action apply mask Figure 7 6 N A POLICY 4002 Crus 0 oO oooooco ccept 20 70 20 Output for the config ip policy rip accept info Command 7 10 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters config ip policy rip announce These commands allow you to configure the RIP announce policy where pid is the RIP announce policy ID 1 to 1000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip policy rip announce lt pid gt followed by info action lt accept ignore gt add route src direct static riplospflany advertise netlist netlist id create delete disable enable exact net list netlist id name string ospf router id list addrlist id ospf route type typel type2 external internal any outbound interface list addrlist id precedence precedenc
143. ddress lt ipaddr gt adver int seconds critical ip lt ipaddr gt delete disable enable priority prio Displays the current port VRRP configuration Figure 6 56 Sets the IP address of the virtual router interface Sets the advertising interval in seconds the time interval between sending advertisement messages The value must be the same on all participating routers The range is 1 to 255 and the default is 1 Sets the critical IP address for VRRP This address is an IP interface on the local router configured so that a change in its state causes a role switch in the virtual router for example from master to backup in case the interface went down Deletes the VRRP from the port Disables the VRRP on the port Enables VRRP on the port Sets the port VRRP priority 1 to 254 value to be used by this VRRP router The default is 100 The value 255 is assigned to the router that owns the IP address associated with the virtual router Accelar 12004config ethernet 3 3 ip vrrp 2 info Port 3 3 address adver int C 3Utrical ip s N A vrrp priority delete 200 200 200 1 1 0 0 0 0 enable 255 Figure 6 56 Output for the config ethernet ports ip vrrp info Command 202086 B 6 53 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show port vrrp Commands The following commands display port VRRP configuration and statistics show ports info vrrp main This
144. ds between hello packets sent on this VLAN The range is 1 to 65535 The default is 10 metric lt cost gt Sets the OSPF metric for the VLAN The switch advertises the metric in router link advertisements The range is 0 to 65535 The default is 0 priority lt integer gt Sets the OSPF priority for the VLAN during the election process for the designated router The VLAN with the highest priority number is the best candidate for the designated router If the priority is 0 the VLAN cannot become either the designated router or a backup The priority is used only during election of the designated router and backup designated router The range is 0 to 255 The default is 1 Note Both sides of the OSPF connection must use the same authentication type and key Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip ospf info advertise when down disable ospf disable hello interval 10 dead interval 40 priority 1 metric 10 authentication type none authentication key area 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 54 Output for the config vlan ip ospf info Command 202086 B 6 51 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show vlan info ospf This command uses the syntax show vlan info ospf lt vid gt and shows the OSPF parameters configured for all VLANs or the specified VLAN Figure 6 55 Accelar 105Xf show vlan info ospf Vlan Ospf VLAN HELLO RTRDEAD DESIG
145. dvertised on an interface in a different class network The default is disable Allows the user to enable or disable setting RIP listen to accept the default route via RIP Disables RIP on the port This setting is the default Enables RIP on the port Allows the user to send a default route only if one exists in the routing table Configures whether or not the switch will listen for a default route without listening for any other routes Allows you to manually issue a RIP update 6 28 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ethernet lt ports gt ip rip followed by poison lt enable disable gt supply lt enable disable gt trigger lt enable disable gt Sets whether or not RIP routes on the port learned from a neighbor are advertised back to the neighbor If disabled split horizon is invoked and IP routes learned from an immediate neighbor are not advertised back to the neighbor If enabled the RIP updates sent to a neighbor from which a route is learned are poisoned with a metric of 16 Therefore the receiver neighbor will ignore this route because the metric 16 indicates infinite hops in the network Configures whether or not the switch will supply talk to the default route without advertising any other routes Enables or disables automatic triggered updates for RIP Accelar 11004 config ethernet 3 1 ip rip info Port 3 1 advertise when down auto aggr de
146. e Displays the settings for the RIP announce policy Figure 7 7 Selects whether the RIP policy action will be to accept or ignore matches Adds a route source to the announce policy If the action is set to announce allows sending or advertising networks that differ from the actual network in the routing table advertise network list ID 0 to 1000 Creates a RIP announce policy Deletes a RIP announce policy Disables a RIP announce policy Enables a RIP announce policy Sets a RIP announce policy exact network list where the exact network list ID is 0 to 1000 Assigns a RIP accept policy name Indicates the entries in the OSPF router lists that are associated with this policy osp rtr list lt listid gt is the OSPF router ID list ID 0 to 1000 It is valid only for OSPF routed sourced routes if OSPF is included as a route source Indicates the entries in the OSPF router lists that are associated with this policy type 1 type 2 external routes internal routes or any OSPF routes Indicates the entries in the outbound lists that are associated with this policy Sets the precedence for the OSPF accept policy The range is 0 to 65535 If multiple policies apply the higher precedence is used 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip policy rip announce lt pid gt followed by range net list netlist id remove route src direct static riplo
147. e e L3 layer 2 and layer 3 Read Write rw Read Write for all levels e rwa Read Write All When you access the CLI it prompts for login and password and sets your access level accordingly Only users with rwa access can change login names and passwords Navigating through the CLI The CLI is organized into a tree data structure Help can be accessed from any level of the tree by typing a question mark Typing the word help provides an explanation of the available help Typing help lt commana gt will explain what the command does and give the syntax Typing results in a list of all commands Typing syntax displays a path list of commands and parameters available from the current prompt or lt commana gt forward It lists the syntax in the current context When you type a command you may see context and subcontext Context indicates commands at that level Subcontext indicates one or more command layers available When you are within a given branch of the tree you need to type only the subcommand for that level For example to enable IP forwarding routing from the top level type config ip forwarding enable When you are already in the config ip branch you need only type forwarding enable 202086 B 3 3 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface In addition after you have entered information to put you at a certain level you will remain at that level until you type back or ree
148. e Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to or accompany the delivery of this computer software the rights of the United States Government regarding its use reproduction and disclosure are as set forth in the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 Statement of Conditions In the interest of improving internal design operational function and or reliability Bay Networks Inc reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice Bay Networks Inc does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product s or circuit layout s described herein Portions of the code in this software product are Copyright O 1988 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation advertising materials and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were developed by the University of California Berkeley The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE
149. e following syntax and parameters config ip traffic filter followed by info Displays ip traffic filter settings Figure 7 19 clear stats lt fid gt Clears filter statistics for the specified filter ID where the traffic filter ID range is 1 to 4000 log interval lt seconds gt Sets the filter log interval for traffic filter statistics logging in seconds 0 to 36000 Accelar 1100 config ip traffic filter info log interval 5 clear stats N A Figure 7 19 Output for the config ip traffic filter info Command config ip traffic filter create Commands The config ip traffic filter create commands are used to configure source destination and global traffic filters for the interface These commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip traffic filter create followed by info Displays the destination source and global filters that have been created Figure 7 20 destination dst ip lt value gt Creates a destination filter src ip lt value gt dst ip lt value gt is the destination IP mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x default e src ip value is the source IP mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x default 7 20 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters config ip traffic filter create followed by global src ip lt value gt Creates a global filter dst ip lt value gt src ip value is the source IP mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x
150. e gt filename lt cfgfile gt lt tftp gt lt file gt choices lt choice gt lt source gt lt filename gt devices lt device name or device number gt flags reset Save show tests device name or device number tftp help Boots the switch device is the name or number of a boot device filename is the software image file name cfgfile is the software configuration device and file or NVRAM file name e tftp file specifies a file that is on the TFTP server Displays or changes the order in which the boot sources flash and PCMCIA card are accessed e choice is the order in which the specified boot device is accessed when you reboot the switch primary secondary or tertiary source is the boot source none flash pcmcia net skip If you specify none no boot source will be accessed for the choice primary secondary or tertiary you are configuring If you specify skip the choice you are configuring will be skipped Enables or disables the specified boot device Enables or disables autoboot and booting using the default configuration settings Resets the system by loading the configuration file or by using the default settings Saves changes to the boot configuration parameters Displays the boot configuration parameters Enables or disables the bootup diagnostic tests Changes TFTP server information Lists all Boot Monitor commands or displays syntax
151. e gt vlan lt value gt config ip arp aging lt seconds gt config ip arp delete lt ipaddr gt config ip arp info config ip default ttl seconds page 6 11 page 6 2 config ip dhcp relay create fwd path agent value server value mode lt value gt state value config ip dhcp relay enable fwd path agent value server lt value gt config ip dhcp relay delete fwd path agent value server value config ip dhcp relay disable fwd path agent value server value config ip dhcp relay info config ip dhcp relay mode mode agent value server lt value gt page 6 17 config ip dvmrp disable config ip dvmrp enable config ip dvmrp info config ip dvmrp interface lt ipaddr gt disable config ip dvmrp interface lt ipaddr gt enable config ip dvmrp interface lt ipaddr gt info config ip dvmrp interface lt ipaddr gt metric lt cost gt config ip dvmrp update interval integer config ip dvmrp triggered update interval lt integer gt config ip dvmrp leaf timeout lt integer gt config ip dvmrp nbr timeout lt integer gt config ip dvmrp nbr probe interval integer page 6 62 config ip forwarding disable config ip forwarding enable config ip forwarding info page 6 2 config ip I3 igmp info config ip I3 igmp interface lt ipaddr gt info config ip I3 igmp interface lt ipaddr gt last memb query int seconds config ip I3 igmp interface lt ipaddr gt query interval
152. e port DHCP relay commands to set DHCP relay behavior on an isolated routing port and the VLAN DHCP commands to set DHCP relay behavior on a VLAN DHCP relay must be enabled on the path for port or VLAN configuration to take effect config ip dhcp relay Commands These commands allow you to view and configure DHCP parameters globally and use the following syntax and parameters config ip dhcp relay followed by info create fwd path agent value server value mode lt value gt state lt value gt enable fwd path agent value server value delete fwd path agent value server value Displays current DHCP global configuration on the switch Configures the forwarding path from the client to the server The agent is the IP address configured on an interface a locally configured IP address The server is the IP address of the DHCP server in the network If this IP address corresponds to the locally configured IP network the DHCP packet is broadcast out the interface Mode is to forward BootP messages only DHCP messages only or both State is enable disable or delete the forwarding path Enables DHCP relaying on the path from the IP address to the server Deletes the forwarding path from the client to the server 6 16 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip dhcp relay followed by disable fwd path agent lt value gt Disables
153. elnet sessions 8 timeout 1800 Figure 4 3 Output for the config cli info Command show cli Commands These command outputs display information about the switch CLI configuration show cli info This command displays the CLI configuration Figure 4 4 is a sample output Accelar 1100 show cli info cli configuration more i true Screen lines 23 telnet sessions 8 rlogin sessions 8 timeout 1800 seconds monitor duration 300 seconds monitor interval 5 seconds Figure 4 4 Output for the show cli info Command 4 6 202086 B Configuring Switch Management show cli who This command displays who is logged in to the switch Figure 4 5 is an example of the display Accelar 1100 show cli who SESSION USER IP ADDRESS TelnetO rwa 10 10 10 23 Console none Figure 4 5 Output for the show cli who Command config cli password Commands These commands allow you to view or change the login or password for the different access levels of the routing switch where password is the password associated with the user name or login name You must have Read Write All privileges in order to view or change passwords The syntax is config cli password followed by the following options config cli password followed by info Displays current login and password settings Figure 4 6 ro username password Sets the Read Only login and or password 12 username password Sets the layer
154. entify a particular stream of traffic at the IP layer and at the TCP UDP layer 202086 B 7 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip flow Commands The config ip flow commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip ipflow followed by info Displays the current IP flow settings Figure 7 1 create src ip value src port Creates an IP flow with the following value dst ip value dst port parameters value protocol value e src ip value is the source IP address of an IP packet a b c d e src port value is the source port of an IP packet The source IP port range is 0 to 65535 A zero value in this field can be used as a wildcard value e dst ip value is the destination IP address of an IP packet a b c d e dst port value is the destination port of an IP packet A zero in this field is used as a wildcard 0 to 65535 e protocol value is the protocol type IP TCP or UDP delete src ip value src port Deletes an IP flow The parameters are the value dst ip value dst port same as described for create value protocol value Accelar 1100 config ip ipflow info delete N A create not created delete N A Figure 7 1 Output for the config ip flow Command show ip flow Command This command displays the source and destination IP address the source and destination IP port address and the protocol for IP flow
155. er 3 routing functions with the Accelar routing switch including procedures and illustrations of pertinent screens 202086 B xxxi Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Installing the Accelar 1000 Series Chassis Bay Networks part number 893 01051 D Outlines the procedures for installing and booting your Accelar routing switch and basic switch configuration as well as instructions for installing the Accelar Management Software e Using the Accelar 1200 1250 Routing Switch Bay Networks part number 893 01049 C Provides information about the Accelar 1200 and Accelar 1250 switches including operating specifications and common procedures e Using the Accelar 1100 1150 Routing Switch Bay Networks part number 893 01050 C Provides information about the Accelar 1100 Accelar 1 100R Accelar 1150 and Accelar 1150R switches including operating specifications and common procedures e Using the Accelar 1050 1051 Routing Switch Bay Networks part number 201603 C Provides information about the Accelar 1050 and Accelar 1051 standalone routing switches including operating specifications and common procedures Release Notes for the Accelar 1000 Series Products Software Release 2 0 Bay Networks part number 896 00181 E Documents important information about the software or hardware that is not covered in other related publications You can now print Bay Networks technical manuals and release no
156. eri M 7 27 show p PANIC dr ol MMC 7 27 BOW PIANC TT EOD Loiieeeiasiiureid didis veces dabei o RUM ASI DER a BON p du IUUD PI dU RR show dp tree dWler WHO globaksel cisco unison enia dene raa rne nd oa 7 29 show p TRAITOR mio TRE RT 7 30 show 10 Mif Temi oor N 7 30 show sMuece Euri T 7 31 Show D PRICE sre rr EI MM show 0 Irame TTOC IANS uisi eesiias peus diabaeb xd back pad si tip da cdi puce didis deus 7 31 xvi 202086 B Chapter 8 Monitor Commands Appendix A CLI Command List Appendix B Port Numbering and MAC Address Assignment a lsdius yc eT E B 1 MAC aet 2 ASSINE ME e B 3 Base Umi ioc PT B 3 Physical MAG Addresses E vrud MAC ror c eee B 6 Index 202086 B xvii xviii 202086 B Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 1 5 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 3 14 202086 B Figures Accelar 1200 Directory Flash Example ccceesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeees 1 14 Accelar 1100 Directory Flash Example cc cccccceeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaes 1 15 Copy Command Example aixecuceiscuncanecasaiueneesidanecneehiGaeoseediesauberiadeaeromenianae TP
157. ers This command displays the parameters for the OSPF interface timers Figure 6 45 202086 B 6 43 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 show ip ospf int timers Ospf Interface Timer TRANSIT RETRANS HELLO DEAD POLL INTERFACE AREAID DELAY INTERVAL INTERVAL INTERVAL INTERVAL 10 10 80 82 0 0 0 0 1 5 10 40 120 10 10 80 9 0 0 0 0 1 5 10 40 120 10 10 80 2 0 0 0 0 1 5 10 40 120 Figure 6 45 Output for the show ip ospf int timers Command show ip ospf Isdb This command displays the OSPF link state database table The command has the following format show ip ospf lsdb area lt value gt lsatype lt value gt lsid lt value gt adv rtr value detail You can optionally specify an area string link state advertisement type 0 to 5 link state ID or advertising router Entering detail provides more details Figure 6 46 is a sample partial display Accelar 1200 show ip ospf lsdb Ospf Lsdb Router Lsas in Area 0 0 0 0 LSTYPE LINKSTATEID ADV ROUTER AGE SEQ NBR CSUM Router 10 120 97 2 10 120 97 2 86 0x80002cd0 Oxlaa4 Router 22 599 1 0810 22 347040 789 0x8000027a 0x6460 Network Lsas in Area 0 0 0 0 LSTYPE LINKSTATEID ADV ROUTER AGE SEQ NBR CSUM Network 10 10 11 1 1344 T77 172 2 427 0x800002df 0x7Dba9 NNetwork 10 10 80 1 22 3 76 0 636 0x80000270 0x1843 Summary Lsas in Area 0 0 0 0 LSTYPE LI
158. es data or programs 202086 B 4 Limitation of liability IN NO EVENT WILL BAY NETWORKS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY COST OF SUBSTITUTE PROCUREMENT SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INACCURATE OR LOST DATA OR LOSS OF USE OR PROFITS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BAY NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN NO EVENT SHALL THE LIABILITY OF BAY NETWORKS RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE OR THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE PRICE PAID TO BAY NETWORKS FOR THE SOFTWARE LICENSE 5 Government Licensees This provision applies to all Software and documentation acquired directly or indirectly by or on behalf of the United States Government The Software and documentation are commercial products licensed on the open market at market prices and were developed entirely at private expense and without the use of any U S Government funds The license to the U S Government is granted only with restricted rights and use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph c 1 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause of FAR 52 227 19 and the limitations set out in this license for civilian agencies and subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause of DFARS 252 227 7013 for agencies of the Department of Defense or their success
159. es Command Line Interface Accessing the Run Time CLI To access the run time CLI log on to the routing switch using Telnet from a terminal that has access to the Accelar 1000 Series chassis When you enter the CLI the name of the system is the displayed prompt For example Accelar 1100 gt To open a Telnet session from Accelar Device Manager click the Telnet icon from the tool bar E Run Time Command List Tree Figure 3 2 is an outline diagram of main command groups in the Run Time CLI tree The complete list of run time CLI commands is found in Appendix A CLI Command List in alphabetical order Other chapters of this manual list and describe the commands according to function e Chapter 4 Configuring Switch Management e Chapter 5 Configuring Layer 2 Features e Chapter 6 Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features e Chapter 7 Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters e Chapter 8 Monitor Commands The remainder of this chapter covers the general CLI commands 3 8 202086 B Run Time CLI Description arp s dhcp relay Ip dvmrp stg tagging gmp boot P ospf clear E ss cli arp proxy ethernet ports difserv Ea m config ip dhcp relay ic filter ipx B dvmrp NUR date log rip forwarding SAM mirror s I3 igmp area addrlist delete mit ned mroute host route
160. esponse enable Enabled ARP responses on the port arp response info Displays ARP response status on the port Figure 6 16 proxy disable Disables proxy ARP on the port proxy enable Enables proxy ARP on the port allowing a router to answer a local ARP request for a remote destination proxy info Displays ARP proxy status on the port Figure 6 17 Accelar 1100 config ethernet 3 1 ip arp response info Port 3 1 arp response enable Figure 6 16 Output for the config ethernet ip arp response info Command Accelar 11004 config ethernet 3 1 ip proxy info Port 3 1 proxy disable Figure 6 17 Output for the config ethernet ip proxy info Command show ports info arp This command displays ARP information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports info arp lt ports gt Figure 6 18 is a sample display 202086 B 6 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 105Xf show ports info arp Port Arp PORT_NUM DOPROXY DORESP 1 1 false true 3 3 false true 3 4 false true 3 6 false true 3 7 false true 3 8 false true 3 9 false true 3 10 false true Figure 6 18 Output for the show ports info arp Command vian ip arp Commands The general commands for VLAN ARP require a VLAN ID lt vid gt from 1 to 4095 config vian ip arp The general configuration commands for VLAN ARP take the following syntax and parameters config
161. esses are addresses assigned to the physical interfaces or ports visible on the device The physical MAC addresses are used in the following types of frames e Spanning Tree Protocol BPDUs sent by the routing switch e Frames to or from an isolated routing port s physical interface BPDUs are sent using the physical MAC address as the source because identifying which physical port sent the BPDU is critical to how the Spanning Tree Protocol works For isolated routing ports the IP address is associated with the physical interface so the physical MAC address is associated with the IP address The last byte of the MAC address zz in the general form for a physical interface depends on the slot and port number for the given interface The basic scheme is that each slot is allocated 16 physical MAC addresses If a board has fewer than 16 ports some MAC addresses are unused Table B 1 lists the value for the last byte of the MAC address based on the slot and port number B 4 202086 B Port Numbering and MAC Address Assignment Last Byte of Physical MAC Address Port 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 OA OB OC OD OE OF 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E IF 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F Not applicable contains SSF module Not applicable contains SSF module 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 S
162. f the global default parameters are going to be different from the factory defaults they should be set prior to setting individual interface parameters The config ipx sap info command displays IPX SAP settings on the switch Figure 6 90 Accelar 11004 config ipx sap info create delete default hold multiplier default interval hold multiplier IPX network number hold multiplier update delay IPX network number update delay update interval IPX network number update delay Figure 6 90 N A default delay 50 msec 3 60 sec Oxabcd0003 3 Oxabcd0003 60 Oxabcd0003 60 sec Output for the config ipx sap info Command 6 82 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ipx sap default The IPX SAP default commands set the global default values using the following syntax and parameters config ipx sap followed by default delay lt delay timer gt Sets the delay timer default values in milliseconds The range is 1 to 1000 the default is 50 ms default hold multiplier Sets the hold multiplier default value This is lt hold multiplier gt an integer in the range of 1 to 2147483647 the default is 3 default interval Sets the interval timer default values in lt interval timer gt seconds The range is 1 to 2147483647 the default is 60 seconds 202086 B 6 83 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ipx sap The IPX S
163. face config mlt lt mid gt followed by remove info Displays the ports VLANs removed from the MLT add ports lt ports gt Adds ports to the MLT add vlan lt vid gt Adds a VLAN to the MLT create Creates an MLT delete Deletes an MLT name string Names an MLT remove ports ports Removes ports from the MLT remove vlan vid Removes a VLAN from the MLT perform tagging Sets the MLT as a tagged or nontagged port lt enable disable gt Accelar 1100 config mlt 1 info create 1 delete N A name Mlt 1 type t access Figure 5 12 Output for the config mit info Command Accelar 11004 config mlt 1 add info ports 3 1 vlan 1 Figure 5 13 Output for the config mit add info Command show mit Commands The following commands are used to display information and statistics about MLT on the switch 5 12 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features show mit error collision This command displays information about collision errors Figure 5 14 in the specified Multi Link Trunk or all MLTs using the syntax show mlt error collision lt mid gt Accelar 11004 show mlt error collision Mit Collision Error MLT COLLISIONS ID SINGLE MULTIPLE LATE EXCESSIVE a 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 14 Output for the show mit error collision Command show mit error main This command displays information Figure 5 15 about the types of Ethe
164. fault listen default supply rip trigger listen manualtrigger poison supply disable disable disable disable disable disable enable N A disable enabl Figure 6 33 Output for the config ethernet ip rip info Command 202086 B 6 29 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table 6 2 indicates the relationship between switch action and the RIP supply and listen settings Table 6 2 RIP Supply and Listen Settings and Switch Action RIP Supply Settings Supply RIP Listen Settings Default Supply Listen Default Listen Switch Action Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Sends no RIP updates Sends RIP updates except the default Sends only the default default route must exist in routing table Sends RIP updates including the default route if it exists Does not listen for RIP updates Listens for all RIP updates except the default Listens only for the default Listens for RIP updates including the default route if it exists show ports info rip This command displays information about the RIP parameters of the specified port or all ports using the format show ports info rip ports Figure 6 34 is an example 6 30 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 105X show ports info rip
165. fig cli followed by info monitor duration integer monitor info monitor interval integer more lt true false gt prompt prompt rlogin sessions lt nsessions gt Displays current CLI settings Figure 4 3 Change monitoring time duration refresh rate for the monitor commands see Chapter 8 The time duration is in seconds 1 to 1800 Displays the current setting for monitor duration and interval using the monitor commands Changes monitoring time interval between screen updates in seconds 1 to 600 using the monitor commands True sets output display scrolling to one page at a time False the default sets output display to continuous scrolling Sets the root level prompt and sysName to the defined prompt name Sets the allowable number of inbound remote CLI login sessions from 0 to 8 default is 8 202086 B 4 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config cli followed by screen lines lt nlines gt Sets the number of lines in the output display from 8 to 64 default is 23 telnet sessions lt nsessions gt Sets the allowable number of inbound Telnet sessions from 0 to 8 default is 8 timeout lt nseconds gt Sets the idle timeout period before automatic logout for CLI sessions from 30 to 65535 seconds default is 90 seconds Accelar 1100 config cli info more true prompt Accelar 1100 rlogin sessions 8 Screen lines 23 t
166. fig ip ospf area area stub metric lt stub metric gt config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt authentication key lt authentication key gt config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt authentication type lt auth type gt config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt create config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt dead interval seconds config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt delete config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt delete message digest key md5 key id config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt hello interval seconds config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt info config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt add message digest key lt md5 key id gt md5 key lt value gt config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt retransmit interval lt seconds gt config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt transit delay seconds config ip ospf as boundary router lt enable disable delete gt page 6 35 config ip ospf auto vlink lt enable disable delete gt config ip ospf default metric ethernet lt value gt fast ethernet value gig ethernet lt value gt config ip ospf disable config ip ospf enable config ip ospf holddown seconds A 6 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No c
167. fig ipx rip default followed by delay lt delay timer gt hold multiplier lt hold multiplier gt interval lt interval timer gt config ipx rip Sets the delay timer default values in milliseconds The range is 1 to 1000 the default is 50 ms Sets the hold multiplier default value This integer is in the range of 1 to 2147483647 the default is 3 Sets the interval timer default values in seconds The range is 1 to 2147483647 the default is 60 seconds These commands set the IPX RIP interface values using the following syntax and parameters config ipx rip followed by hold multiplier lt IPX network number gt lt hold multiplier gt update delay IPX network number delay timer update interval IPX network number interval timer Sets the hold multiplier value for the IPX interface The range is 1 to 2147483647 the default is 3 Sets the update delay timer for the IPX interface The range is 1 to 1000 ms the default is 50 ms Sets the update interval for the IPX interface in seconds The range is 1 to 2147483647 The default is 60 seconds 202086 B 6 81 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ipx sap Commands The IPX SAP commands are used to configure Service Advertisement Protocol SAP on IPX interfaces Three timing parameters hold multiplier delay timer and interval timer also control IPX SAP behavior I
168. figuring Switch Management Accelar 1100 config web server set info password ro username rw passwd rw Figure 4 26 Output for the config web server set info Command show web server Command The output from this command displays whether or not Web access is enabled as well as password and access information Figure 4 27 Accelar 11004 show web server Web Server Info Status 2 OF RO Username t ro RO Password ro RW Username rw RW Password rw RWA Username rwa RWA Password rwa NumHits ZLI NumAccessChecks 1 NumAccessBlocks 0 NumRxErrors 0 NumTxErrors 0 NumSetRequest 0 Figure 4 27 Output for the show web server Command 202086 B 4 27 Chapter 5 Configuring Layer 2 Features This chapter describes the CLI commands that are used to configure layer 2 switching functions in the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch The chapter includes sections about the commands used to configure the switching characteristics e Port Commands page 5 1 Mirror Commands page 5 10 e Multi Link Trunking Commands page 5 11 e Spanning Tree Group Commands page 5 15 e VLAN Commands page 5 21 Port Commands Port commands manage the switch at the port level This section includes the layer 2 port configuration and display commands Port commands relating to layer 3 routing are covered in the following chapters along with the related feature For example port DHCP commands are
169. flags command 2 6 flash boot option 2 6 flash memory 1 8 format command 1 13 2 7 3 19 G GUI Graphical User Interface 1 1 H help command boot 2 6 Boot Monitor CLI 2 9 Run Time CLI 3 5 3 13 history commands 2 9 3 15 l IGMP 5 29 IGMP snoop commands configure 5 30 show 5 32 image files 1 9 Internet Group Management Protocol See IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol See IGMP Internet Packet Exchange See IPX IP addresses 3 7 IP ARP commands configure 6 11 show 6 12 ip command Boot Monitor CLI 2 10 IP commands configure 6 2 show 6 4 202086 B IP DHCP commands configure 6 16 show 6 17 IP diffserv commands configure 6 7 show 6 7 IP DVMRP commands configure 6 61 show 6 63 ip filter commands 7 19 to 7 25 IP filters 7 19 IP flow commands 7 1 IP forwarding commands 6 4 7 2 IP OSPF commands configure 6 34 show 6 40 to 6 45 IP policies 7 3 IP policy commands configure 7 3 to 7 12 show 7 13 to 7 18 IP RIP commands configure 6 25 show 6 27 IP traffic filter commands configure 7 20 to 7 26 show 7 26 to 7 31 IP VRRP commands port 6 52 show 6 58 IPX configuring 6 75 IPX Commands set 6 78 IPX commands RIP 6 80 SAP 6 82 show 6 84 static route 6 79 VLAN 6 78 IPX RIP commands 6 80 IPX SAP commands 6 82 Index 3 K keystrokes Run Time CLI 3 4 L 13 IP IGMP commands 6 69 layer 2 access 1 18 layer 3 access 1 18 layer 3 IGMP co
170. fo global list lt id gt show ip traffic filter info list lt id gt show ip traffic filter interface lt ports gt show ip traffic filter log interval show ip traffic filter source lt fid gt show ip traffic filter stats lt fid gt show ip udpfwd interface info lt ipaddr gt page 6 24 show ip udpfwd portfwd info show ip udpfwd portfwdlist info lt fwdlistid gt show ip udpfwd protocol info show ip vrrp info lt vrid gt lt ipaddr gt page 6 58 show ip vrrp stats lt vrid gt lt ipaddr gt show ipx config lt IPX network numbers gt page 6 87 show ipx default show ipx route lt IPX network number gt lt IPX network number gt show ipx sap lt service name gt show ipx stats lt IPX network number gt show log file tail page 4 10 show log level show mlt error collision lt mid gt page 5 12 show mlt error main lt mid gt show mlt info lt mid gt show mlt stats lt mid gt show mirrorinfo page 5 11 show ports error collision lt ports gt page 5 4 show ports error extented lt ports gt show ports error main lt ports gt show ports error ospf lt ports gt A 22 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No show ports info all lt ports gt by lt value gt show ports info arp lt ports gt show ports info config lt ports gt show ports info dhcp lt ports gt show ports info dvmrp lt ports gt sh
171. for a command 2 6 202086 B Boot Monitor Command Line Interface To list the boot devices on your routing switch enter the show devices command To list the file names enter the directory command The flags reset save and tftp commands do not require parameters flags and tftp commands prompt you to select options File and Device Management Commands The file and device management commands enable you to manage files on the boot devices flash PCMCIA card and TFTP server In addition the commands let you manage the flash module and PCMCIA card The file management commands include the following copy src device filename dest device filename delete device filename directory device name or device number 1 format device name or device number recover device name or device number Squeeze device name or device number log show device filename tail log create device lt filename gt lt nblocks gt Copies a file from one boot device to another or copies it to the same boot device under a new file name With no arguments it prompts the user src device is the device from which you are copying a file dest device is the device onto which you are copying a file e filename is a file name Deletes a file from a flash or PCMCIA device Lists the files on a flash or PCMCIA device device name or device number is the f
172. for the config vlan fdb static info Command sss 5 28 Output for the show vlan info fdb entry Command esses 5 29 Output for the config vlan igmp snoop info Command ss 5 32 Output for the show vlan info snoop Command sss 5 33 Output for show vlan igmp snoop access list Command 5 33 Output for the show vlan igmp snoop groups Command 5 34 Output for show vlan igmp snoop senders info Command 5 34 Output for the show vlan igmp snoop static Command 5 35 xix XX Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 6 17 Figure 6 18 Figure 6 19 Figure 6 20 Figure 6 21 Figure 6 22 Figure 6 23 Figure 6 24 Figure 6 25 Figure 6 26 Figure 6 27 Figure 6 28 Figure 6 29 Figure 6 30 Figure 6 31 Figure 6 32 Figure 6 33 Figure 6 34 Figure 6 35 Output far the config ip info Command sc ccccsdssscrecessaacrncedastunteedadsdenneossdastis 6 3 Output for the config ip forwarding info Command sssssss 6 3 Output for the config ip route discovery info Command 6 3 Output for the config ip static route info Command
173. for the show vlan info ports Command show vlan info sremac This command displays the source MAC address for any source MAC based VLANs on the switch or for the specified VLAN if it is source MAC based Figure 5 32 Accelar 105X show vlan info srcmac Vlan Srcmac VLAN ID MAC ADDRESS 3 00 00 00 00 00 01 Figure 5 32 Output for the show vlan info srcmac Command 202086 B 5 25 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan fdb Commands The forwarding database VLAN commands use the following syntax and parameters config vlan lt vid gt fdb followed by entry aging time lt seconds gt entry flush entry info entry monitor lt mac gt status value lt true false gt entry priority lt mac gt status value high low filter add mac port value filter info filter notallowfrom add mac port value Sets the timeout period in seconds for the forwarding VLAN forwarding database 10 to 10000 Flushes the entry from the forwarding database Displays current characteristics of the forwarding database entry Figure 5 33 Sets the VLAN forwarding database monitor to on true or off false e mac is the MAC address 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 status lt value gt is the fowarding database status other invalid learned self mgmt Sets the VLAN forwarding database priority to high or low mac is the MAC address
174. g pages of further explanations Commands listed in boldface type in Table A 1 indicate commands that are new in this release and add functionality Commands that were in the previous release or that have changed in syntax or in position in the command tree but add no new functionality are listed in normal type Note This information is presented for reference only and should not be considered to be an exact representation Table A 1 CLI Command List Command Page No syntax page 3 10 back boot lt devfile gt config lt value gt ip lt value gt file lt value gt page 3 11 box clear ip arp ports lt port gt page 3 12 clear ip arp vlan vid clear ip route ports lt port gt clear ip route vlan vid clear igmp snoop groups lt vid gt clear igmp snoop mrouter lt vid gt clear ports stats lt ports gt 202086 B A 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config cli info config cli monitor duration lt integer gt config cli monitor info config cli monitor interval lt integer gt config cli more lt true false gt config cli password info config cli password ro lt username gt lt password gt config cli password I2 username lt password gt config cli password I3 username lt password gt config cli password rw username lt password gt config cli password rwa
175. gure parameters for a spanning tree group STG and for ports in that group and let you enable or disable the Spanning Tree Protocol in an STG config stg Commands These commands configure parameters for the spanning tree group with the defined spanning tree group ID lt sid gt is from 1 to 25 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config stg sid followed by info add port ports create lt ports gt delete forward delay lt timeval gt group stp lt enable disable gt hello interval timeval max age lt timeval gt priority number remove ports value trap stp enable disable Displays characteristics of the spanning tree group Figure 5 18 Adds ports to a spanning tree group Creates a new spanning tree group Deletes a spanning tree group Sets the bridge forward delay time in 1 100 seconds 400 to 3000 Enables or disables spanning tree on the specified STG Sets the bridge hello time in 1 100 seconds 400 to 3000 Sets the bridge maximum age time in 1 100 seconds 600 to 4000 Sets bridge priority number 0 to 65535 Removes ports from a spanning tree group Enables or disables the STG trap for a specific spanning tree group Note Disabling spanning tree can reduce CPU overhead slightly However unless you are using the routing switch in a simple network with little possibility of having loops Bay Networks recommends that you lea
176. haracteristics of the switch show ip forwarding This command displays the status of IP forwarding routing on the switch Figure 6 5 is a sample display Accelar 1100 show ip forwarding IP Forwarding is enabled IP Default TTL is 255 seconds IP ARP life time is 360 seconds Figure 6 5 Output for the show ip forwarding Command show ip interface This command displays the IP interfaces on the switch Figure 6 6 is a sample display Accelar 1250 show ip interface Ip Interface INTERFACE IP NET BCASTADDR REASM ADDRESS MASK FORMAT MAXSIZE Port1 13 192 168 200 211 255 255 255 0 ones 1500 Vlan20 192 168 230 211 255 255 255 0 ones 1500 Vlan21 192 168 231 211 255 255 255 0 ones 1500 Figure 6 6 Output for the show ip interface Command 6 4 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ip route discovery This command shows whether or not route discovery is enabled on the device as shown in Figure 6 7 Accelar 1100 show ip route discovery Router Discovery Disabled Figure 6 7 Output for the show ip route discovery Command show ip route info This command displays the existing IP route for the switch Figure 6 8 or for a specific net or subnet using the syntax show ip route info lt ip address gt s lt value gt where ip address gt is the specific net 1 2 1 2 0 0 a b c d s value is the specific subnet a b c d x a b c d x x x x default
177. he factory default configuration y n e Inthe run time CLI issue the command config sys set flags factorydefault true When the configuration is bypassed the routing switch boots in the factory default configuration except that the boot configuration settings were loaded in stage 2 Bypassing the routing switch configuration does not affect the saved routing switch configuration the configuration is simply not loaded Flash PCMCIA File System This section describes the flash PCMCIA file system in an Accelar switch running version 2 X software The flash file system in an Accelar 1000 Series routing switch holds executable images and switch configuration The following sections are included e Flash memory organization page 1 8 File types page 1 9 e Devices and file names page 1 10 e Description of the file system commands page 1 12 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Flash Memory Organization The Accelar routing switch has two onboard flash memory devices Boot Flash and System Flash On Accelar 1200 Series switches optional PCMCIA flash cards can be used These devices are described in the following sections Boot Flash The Boot Flash memory is 512 kilobytes KB and is divided into reserved areas for the boot monitor image and the routing switch configuration Boot Monitor Image The boot monitor image is not directly user accessible It is updated using a special
178. her the OSPF policy action will be to accept or ignore external route information Creates an OSPF accept policy Deletes an OSPF accept policy Disables an OSPF accept policy Enables an OSPF accept policy Sets an OSPF accept policy in which networks will only match the specific network advertisement The netlist id range is 0 to 1000 Sets the OSPF accept policy external metric type to type 1 or type 2 Assigns the OSPF accept policy name Sets the precedence for the OSPF accept policy The range is 0 to 65535 If multiple policies apply the higher precedence is used Sets the OSPF accept policy to match any network number that falls into the indicated range The netlist id range is 0 to 1000 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters Accelar 105X config ip policy create delete name enable exact net list ospf accept 6002 info N A POLICY 6002 true 0 ext metric typ inject net list id precedence range net list id action type2 0 0 0 accept Figure 7 4 Output for the config ip policy ospf accept info Command config ip policy ospf announce These commands allow you to configure the OSPF announce policy where the OSPF announce policy ID is in the range 2001 to 3000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip policy ospf announce followed by pid info action accept ignore add route source lt direct static rip a
179. his command lists the policies that match the specified network with a range or exact match and uses the syntax show ip policy ospf announce match network value The format is the same as the command for RIP accept policy displayed in Figure 7 18 on page 7 18 7 16 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters show ip policy rip accept info This command displays information about the RIP accept policies configured on the switch in the format show ip policy rip accept info id lt value gt If no ID is entered the display provides information for all RIP accept policies on the switch Figure 7 16 If a policy ID is entered the display lists information for only that policy Accelar 1100 show ip policy rip accept info Policy Rip Accept Info PID NAME ENABLE PREC ACTION APPLYMASK 4001 POLICY 4001 true 0 accept 0 0 0 0 Figure 7 16 Output for the show ip policy rip accept info Command show ip policy rip accept lists This command displays the accept lists on the switch in the syntax show ip policy ospf accept lists id lt value gt If no ID is entered all OSPF accept lists are displayed If an ID is entered only that list is displayed Figure 7 17 Accelar 1100 show ip policy rip accept lists Policy Rip Accept List ID EXACTNETLIST RANGNETLIST INJCTNETLIST RIPGATEWAY RIPINTERFACE 4001 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 7 17 Output for the s
180. his command will be fully implemented in a future release Displays route discovery status Figure 6 3 6 2 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip followed by static route create lt ipaddr mask gt Adds a static or default route to the switch next hop value cost lt value gt ipaddr mask is the IP address and mask for the route s destination next hop value isthe IP address of the next hop router the next router that packets must arrive at on this route cost is the metric of the route static route delete lt ipaddr mask gt Deletes a static route static route info Displays characteristics of the created static route Figure 6 4 Accelar 1100 config ip info default ttl 255 Figure 6 1 Output for the config ip info Command Accelar 1100 config ip forwarding info enable true Figure 6 2 Output for the config ip forwarding info Command Accelar 1100 config ip route discovery info enable false Figure 6 3 Output for the config ip route discovery info Command Accelar 11004 config ip static route info create 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 next hop 134 177 80 1 cost I 134 177 80 0 255 255 255 0 next hop 134 177 80 18 cost 1 delete N A Figure 6 4 Output for the config ip static route info Command 202086 B 6 3 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip Commands These commands display the general IP c
181. how ip arp info lt ip address gt s lt value gt where lt ip address gt is the specific net IP address for the table s lt value gt is the specific subnet in the format a b c d x a b c d x x x x default An example of the output from this command with no IP address or subnet specified is shown in Figure 6 15 Accelar 1100 show ip arp info Ip Arp IP_ADDRESS MAC ADDRESS VLAN PORT TYPE TTL 0 10 80 91 00 60 08 82 e6 2a 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2154 0 10 80 77 00 08 c7 10 8 6d 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2151 0 10 80 158 00 08 c7 10 04 f2 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2143 0 10 80 93 00 08 c7 90 90 8 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2142 0 10 80 171 00 80 5f 0f 00 a2 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2136 0 10 80 178 00 80 5f 0d 02 f6 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2126 0 10 80 246 00 a0 cc 39 83 cc 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2118 0 10 80 173 00 a0 c9 86 e4 43 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2099 0 10 80 147 00 08 c7 a0 1b d5 1 3 16 DYNAMIC 2095 Figure 6 15 Output for the show ip arp info Command ethernet ip arp Commands These commands are the port IP ARP commands The commands require the parameter ports as the port or list of ports on which you are running the command slot port slot port 6 12 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ethernet ip arp These commands take the following syntax and parameters config ethernet lt ports gt ip followed by arp response disable Disables ARP responses on the port arp r
182. how ip policy rip accept lists Command 202086 B 7 17 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip policy rip accept match network This command lists the policies that match the specified network with a range or exact match Figure 7 18 and uses the format show ip policy rip accept match network lt value gt Accelar 1100 show ip policy rip accept match network 4 1 1 5 255 0 0 0 Policy Rip Accept Match Network RipAccept Policy Ids 4001 Figure 7 18 Output for show ip policy rip accept match network Command show ip policy rip announce info This command displays information about RIP announce policies on the switch or about a specified RIP announce policy using the syntax show ip policy rip announce info id lt value gt The format is similar to the OSPF announce policy display on page 7 16 show ip policy rip announce lists This command displays information about RIP announce policy lists on the switch or about a specific RIP announce policy list using the syntax show ip policy rip announce lists id lt value gt The format is similar to the OSPF announce list on page 7 16 show ip policy rip announce match network This command uses the format show ip policy rip announce match network value and lists the policies that match the specified network with a range or exact match The format is the same as the command for RIP accept policy displayed in Figure 7 18
183. how ports info igmp lt ports gt Figure 6 82 is a sample display Accelar 105Xf show ports info l3 igmp Port Ip Igmp PORT NUM QUERY INTERVAL QUERY MAX RESP ROBUST VERSION LSTMEMBER QUERY 1 1 125 10 2 version2 1 3 1 125 10 2 version2 1 3 2 125 10 2 version2 1 3 3 125 10 2 version2 1 3 4 125 10 2 version2 1 3 5 125 10 2 versionl 1 Figure 6 82 Output for the show ports info 13 igmp Command config vian ip 13 igmp Commands These commands configure layer 3 IGMP on the VLAN where VLAN ID is from 1 to 4095 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config vlan lt vid gt ip 13 igmp followed by info last memb query int seconds query interval seconds query max resp seconds Displays IGMP settings on the VLAN Figure 6 83 Sets the length of time in seconds an entry will remain in the multicast table before timeout Range is 1 to 255 with a default value of 1 Sets the frequency in seconds at which host query packets are transmitted on the VLAN The range is 1 to 65535 with a default of 125 Sets the maximum response time in seconds advertised in IGMPv2 queries on the VLAN Smaller values allow a router to prune groups faster The range is 1 to 255 with a default of 10 202086 B 6 73 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan lt vid gt ip 13 igmp followed by robustval
184. ice flash FN Name Flags Length 1 acc2 x x XZN 939357 2 syslog LN 130896 2 files bytes used 1114112 free 3080192 Accelar 1100 Figure 1 2 Accelar 1100 Directory Flash Example 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Using the copy command a run time image is copied to flash from a TFTP server The source argument is not a file name but rather tftp The system prompts the user for the TFTP server IP address and the remote file path Figure 1 3 Accelar 1100 copy tftp flash Enter source tftp server address 0 0 0 0 10 10 20 1 Enter source file tftpboot acc2_x_0 tftp result success Accelar 1100 Figure 1 3 Copy Command Example The system appends the file to the last unused block of memory on flash so there are now three files in flash Figure 1 4 Accelar 11004 dir flash Device flash FN Name Flags Length 1 acc2 x x XZN 939357 2 syslog LN 130896 3 acc2 x 0 XZ 895483 3 files bytes used 2031616 free 2162688 Accelar 1100 Figure 1 4 Directory Flash Example Copy Script File to Running Config An extension of the copy command allows a script file an ASCII based text file containing CLI commands to be read by the switch and the commands executed as though they were typed at a console session By default script execution does not display at the device where the command was issued However if the optional debug parameter is used then the execution of the
185. id gt create config ip policy addrlist lt listid gt delete config ip policy addrlist lt listid gt info config ip policy addrlist lt listid gt name lt name gt config ip policy addrlist lt listid gt remove address lt ipaddr gt config ip policy info page 7 3 config ip policy netlist lt listid gt add network lt ipaddr mask gt page 7 4 config ip policy netlist lt listid gt create config ip policy netlist lt listid gt delete config ip policy netlist lt listid gt info config ip policy netlist lt listid gt name lt name gt config ip policy netlist lt listid gt remove network lt ipaddr mask gt 202086 B A 7 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ip policy ospf accept pid action lt accept ignore gt config ip policy ospf accept pid create config ip policy ospf accept pid delete config ip policy ospf accept pid disable config ip policy ospf accept pid enable config ip policy ospf accept pid exact net list netlist id config ip policy ospf accept pid ext metric type lt type1 type2 gt config ip policy ospf accept pid info config ip policy ospf accept pid inject net list netlist id config ip policy ospf accept pid name string config ip policy ospf accept pid precedence precedence config ip policy ospf accept pid range net list netlist id
186. ienm 4 23 show sys syslog COmMmMEandS ccsscasinecsscaeaneeniaceannenisarennenaahinenmannmenisnniiannintes 4 25 Welr oarver WOMANS cusscacasmdnait ire pra epa eee eg ble CY EER 4 26 config web server CommandS 2acxcn uror tan unn PEXRRR Kun PEXERRXRNEPERRRA RP EA ERAN FPE XGE uar KC ne OO SHOW web server Command siirroissa datiuo qo epu A aaa Eia 4 27 Chapter 5 Configuring Layer 2 Features DRE omi DUO mmm cong ethernet ports COImmiBlille aij spniccascneiin FUR REFER RU ERE A pe A REA KR 5 1 show poria GOmMandS e m 5 4 Show ports amor COMBION scdacinatssisctcaadabsiteanessniredandsaaurdanddudarteanaadeacanduametaaduatseka 5 4 Gol OES GINO FONT sy ps i E secas M reet arde Ma ee a 5 5 show poris anro SOBUDI serenissimi ia Oe Show porlis MIND CONRO M senina n EEE ANSE 5 6 SNOW pore Is IONI OE asad se ck era tA tige ers tme dci Lini vn A iU stk e SETAS 5 7 STONE DOS Bias D DDIBU S i ole tbv ien Rbbrscud dM brae ides tem ia in i i cplb ast PeDUEUPR sm NBH EDS 5 7 show ports sials Merac TIENT cisnienie dti eq a RR RR 5 8 show ports stats interface extended secedere atn assa ARA R ies q aie 5 8 BOW DONS IMIG WRG M 5 9 config ethernet ports ID LOMMANOS 2asscacs isse repr at ttp RH RREIERFR REI REL TIERE RR ARR REPRE RAN 5 9 kirot ETSD IDQNE 5 10 CORTE FEOF COMMEND MN 5 10 BV RPO ccs ints ie as rae dm pu A E E E E E Lasse loo Eae Cub Quee aan 5 11 Multi Link Trunking Commands TR TE E COUNTY COMBS cc
187. iffServ bits Note Differentiated Services requires B ARU3 hardware The rule is selected using the command config ip traffic filter filter fid modify diffserv rule none rulel rule2 rule3 see page 7 26 The chosen rule will be logically ORed with the intermediate result after the original ANDing The final result will be set as the new DiffServ code point in the IP header of the filtered frame Table 6 1 is an example of how setting these values changes the TOS value Table 6 1 DiffServ Settings and TOS Values Decimal Binary Original TOS value 37 00100101 AND rule 243 11110011 Intermediate result 33 00100001 OR rule 24 00011000 New TOS value 57 00111001 6 6 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features The config ip diffserv rule commands take the following syntax and format config ip diffserv rule followed by diffserv rule and mask integer diffserv rule info diffserv rule or rulel integer diffserv rule or rule2 integer diffserv rule or rule3 integer The AND rule mask value 0 to 255 The default is 0 Displays diffserve settings The first diffserv OR rule integer 0 to 255 The default is 0 The second diffserv OR rule integer 0 to 255 The default is 0 The third diffserv OR rule integer 0 to 255 The default is 0 show ip diffserv rule info Command This command Figure 6 9 shows the differential service option integer
188. ig cli password commands 4 7 config ip diffserv rule commands 6 7 config ip filter commands 7 19 to 7 25 config ip ospf commands 6 34 to 6 40 config ip policy commands 7 3 to 7 12 config log commands 4 8 config mirror commands 5 10 config rmon commands 4 11 config setdate command 4 12 config sys access policy commands 4 13 to 4 15 config web server commands 4 26 configuration default 1 7 files 1 10 loading 1 6 conventions XXviii conventions text Xxviii copy command 1 15 2 7 3 19 customer support XXxii cwc command 3 10 Index 2 D date command 3 12 delete command 1 17 2 7 3 19 device management commands 2 7 3 18 Device Manager 1 2 device names reserved 1 11 devices command 2 6 DHCP relay commands global 6 16 port 6 17 VLAN 6 20 diagnostics 3 22 Differentiated Services 6 5 diffserv commands configure 6 7 show 6 7 directory command 1 13 2 7 3 19 directory flags 1 14 Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol See DVMRP DVMRP commands config 6 61 global 6 61 port 6 66 show 6 63 VLAN 6 67 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol See DHCP E eoc mode 4 19 Ethernet port commands configure 6 7 OSPF configure 6 46 OSPF show 6 48 show 6 8 VRRP 6 52 executable files 1 9 exit command 3 16 202086 B F file management commands Boot Monitor CLI 2 7 Run Time CLI 3 18 file names 1 11 file system commands 1 12 files configuration 1 10 executable 1 9
189. ile device flash or PCMCIA e 1 represents file details Formats the flash module or PCMCIA card Recovers a file deleted from the flash module or PCMCIA card Reclaims space occupied by files marked for deletion on the flash module or PCMCIA card Displays system log information tail requests displaying information from the back first Creates a log file nblocks is the number of blocks to be displayed 202086 B 2 7 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface log clear lt device gt Clears log files on a device or the specified log file filename gt trace show tail Displays trace information device gt tail requests displaying information from the back first filename gt To list devices on your Accelar 1000 Series chassis use the show devices command To list the file names enter the directory command Figure 2 2 shows sample output for the directory command monitor gt dir Device flash FN Name Flags Length t aoGc2 x x XZN 961227 1 files bytes used 983040 free 3211264 Device pcmcia FN Name Flags Length 1 acc2 x x XZN 961227 1 files bytes used 1048576 free 3145728 monitor gt Figure 2 2 Sample Output for the directory Command 202086 B Boot Monitor Command Line Interface Help Commands Help is available at every level of the CLI by typing or help Typing help displays a list of the Boot Monitor commands Figure 2 3 shows s
190. ilter WEB CONFIGURATION web server PORT CONFIGURATION ethernet 3 1 202086 B Configuring Switch Management ip igmp dvmrp dhcp relay ospf authentication key rip traffic filter stg 1 VLAN CONFIGURATION vlan 1 ports add 3 1 3 11 3 16 member portmember igmp snoop ip create igmp dvmrp dhcp relay ospf authentication key metric 10 rip pathcost 65535 IPX CONFIGURATION create 0x1 1 llc rip update delay 0x1 60 update interval 0x1 20 sap update delay 0x1 60 update interval 0x1 20 IP amp RIP CONFIGURATION rip arp add ports 3 16 ip xx x x 1 mac vlan 1 IGMP CONFIGURATION interface xxx xxx xx 1 OSPF CONFIGURATION admin state enable enable router id 10 10 10 0 interface xxx xxx xx 1 IP POLICY CONFIGURATION ospf rip UDP FWD CONFIGURATION udpfwd Figure 4 1 Partial Output for the show config Command 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show tech Command This command displays system status technical information and outputs several pages of information including general information about the system such as location chassis type and serial number power supplies fans modules system errors device such as boot sources priority port locks topology status software versions performance VLANs such as numbers port members ports such as type status routes OSPF such as area interface neighbors memory
191. ing each router with a map of the network config ip ospf Commands The following command groups are used to configure OSPF on the switch e config ip ospf e config ip ospf interface e config ip ospf area e config ip ospf area virtual interface config ip ospf Use the config ip ospf commands to configure global OSPF parameters for the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch as follows config ip ospf followed by info admin state enable disable as boundary router lt enable disable gt auto vlink lt enable disable gt default metric ethernet lt value gt fast ethernet lt value gt gig ethernet lt value gt disable enable Displays the current OSPF configuration on the switch Figure 6 37 Globally enables or disables the OSPF administrative status The default is disable Enables or disables the OSPF Autonomous System boundary router Enables or disables automatic creation of OSPF virtual links when required The default is disable Sets the OSPF default metrics for 10 Mb s Ethernet default is 100 100 Mb s fast Ethernet default is 10 Gigabit gig Ethernet default is 1 Range is 1 to 65535 Globally disables OSPF on the switch Globally enables OSPF on the switch 6 34 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip ospf followed by holddown lt seconds gt Sets the OSPF holddown timer value in seconds The range is 3 to 60 default
192. ion to forward default action drop Sets the port filter default action to drop default action info Displays the port default action configuration add set value Adds a filter to a port where set value is the filter set ID 1 to 1000 create Creates a traffic filtering entity on a port delete Removes filtering from a port disable Disables filtering on a port enable Enables filtering on a port remove set value Removes a filter set from a port where set value is the filter set ID 1 to 1000 show ip traffic filter Commands The following commands provide information about the IP traffic filters show ip traffic filter active This command displays the list of active filters or returns the information that there are no active filters 7 26 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters show ip traffic filter destination This command displays the source and destination s for the active traffic filter s The command uses the syntax show ip traffic filter destination lt fid gt If a filter ID fid is entered data is displayed for the specific filter otherwise all filters are shown Figure 7 26 shows the display for one filter ID Accelar 1200 show ip traffic filter destination Ip Traffic filter Destination Filters ID NAME TYPE SRC_OPTION DST_OPTION PROTOCOL MIRROR 1 dst 1 destination equal equal ignore false DST ADDR DST MAS D
193. ions and Reference for Accelar Management Software Routing Operations Before You Begin This guide is intended for network administrators with the following background Basic knowledge of networks Ethernet bridging and IP routing e Familiarity with networking concepts and terminology e Basic knowledge of network topologies 202086 B XXxix Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Text Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions angle brackets lt gt bold text braces brackets italic text Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the description inside the brackets Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example If the command syntax is ping ip address you enter ping 192 32 10 12 Indicates an entered command Example Accelar 11004 show ip alerts routes Indicate required elements in syntax descriptions where there is more than one option You must choose only one of the options Do not type the braces when entering the command Example config ip forwarding true false Indicate optional elements in syntax descriptions Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show ip interfaces alerts you can enter either show ip interfaces OF show ip interfaces alerts Indicates file and directory names new terms book titles and commands XXX 202086 B
194. ip default supply lt enable disable gt config vlan lt vid gt ip rip disable config vlan vid ip rip enable config vlan vid ip rip info config vlan vid ip rip listen lt enable disable gt config vlan vid ip rip manualtrigger config vlan vid ip rip poison lt enable disable gt config vlan vid ip rip supply lt enable disable gt config vlan vid ip rip trigger lt enable disable gt config vlan vid ip vrrp lt vrid gt address lt ipaddr gt page 6 56 config vlan lt vid gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt adver int lt seconds gt config vlan lt vid gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt critical ip lt ipaddr gt config vlan lt vid gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt delete config vlan lt vid gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt disable config vlan lt vid gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt enable config vlan lt vid gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt info config vlan lt vid gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt priority lt prio gt config vlan vid ipx create lt IPX network number gt encapsulation page 6 80 config vlan vid ipx delete lt IPX network number gt config vlan vid ipx info config vlan vid name lt vname gt page 5 22 config vlan lt vid gt ports add lt ports gt member lt value gt config vlan vid ports info config vlan vid ports remove ports member value config vlan vid srcmac add macaddr config vlan vid sremac info config vlan vid srcmac remove lt macaddr gt A 18 202086 B CLI Command List
195. ip ospf area range These commands control the OSPF area range parameters where lt area gt is the identification of an OSPF area and lt ipaddr mask gt is the IP address and subnet mask of the range 6 38 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip ospf area lt area gt range lt ipaddr mask gt followed by create advertise mode lt value gt lsa type lt value gt delete Creates an OSPF area range with the specified IP address and advertising mode Deletes an OSPF area range info Displays information about the OSPF area range settings config ip ospf area virtual interface These commands configure an OSPF area virtual interface All of the commands have the following two required parameters e lt area gt is the identification of an OSPF area in dotted decimal notation You can use any value for the OSPF area name for example 1 1 1 1 or 200 200 200 200 e virtual interface lt nbr gt is the OSPF router ID of the neighbor config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt followed by info create delete authentication key authentication key authentication type auth type Displays current OSPF area virtual interface information Creates a virtual interface area identifier Deletes the virtual interface Sets the authentication key simple password in eight characters type st
196. ip2 receive in either RIP 1 or 2 send ipaddr mode value Changes the RIP interface send configuration IP address is the address of the interface and mode indicates what RIP versions to send notsend no RIP updates are sent rip1 RIP version 1 ripicomp broadcast RIP 2 updates e rip2 multicast RIP 2 updates Accelar 1100 config ip rip info enable true holddown 120 updatetime 30 domain 134 177 80 18 iQ receive 134 177 80 18 mode riplOrRip2 send 134 177 80 18 mode riplCompatiable Figure 6 30 Output for the config ip rip info Command 6 26 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ip rip Commands These commands display information about the RIP configuration on the switch show ip rip info This command displays the RIP global status on switch Figure 6 31 Accelar 1100 show ip rip info Rip Global Rip Disabled Update Time 30 HoldDown Time 120 Route Changes 0 Queries 0 Domain 0 Figure 6 31 Output for show ip rip Command show ip rip interface This command displays information about the specified RIP interface or all RIP interfaces on the switch using the syntax show ip rip interface lt ipaddr gt Figure 6 32 is a sample display Accelar 1100 show ip rip interface Rip Interface IP_ADDR RIP_ENABLE SEND RECEIVE 134 177 80 18 false ripl Compatible riplOrRip2 Figure 6
197. isable 1 1 3 disable d 1 4 disable 1 1 5 disable 1 1 6 disable 1 1 7 disable d 1 8 disable 1 1 9 disable 1 TATO disable 1 1 11 disable 1 1 12 disable 1 1 13 enable 1 Figure 6 75 Output for the show ports info dvmrp Command config vlan ip dvmrp Commands These commands configure DVMRP on the VLAN with a vid from 1 to 4095 and use the following syntax and parameters config vlan lt vid gt ip dvmrp followed by info enable disable metric lt cost gt Displays DVMRP settings on the VLAN Figure 6 76 Enables DVMRP on the VLAN Enables DVMRP on the VLAN Sets the DVMRP route metric where the cost is the maximum number of hops with a value of 1 to 31 202086 B 6 67 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip dvmrp info dvmrp disable metric 1 Figure 6 76 Output for the config vlan vid ip dvmrp info Command show vlan info dvmrp This command displays the DVMRP configuration for all VLANs or the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info dvmrp lt vid gt A sample output is shown in Figure 6 77 Accelar 105x show vlan info dvmrp Vlan Ip Dvmrp VLAN ID DVMRP ENABLE METRIC 1 disable 1 2 disable 1 3 disable 1 4 disable 1 Figure 6 77 Output for the show vlan info dvmrp Command Layer 3 IGMP Commands The Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP is used by hosts to report thei
198. l gt trace off trace screen lt setting gt trace info tail traceroute lt ipaddr gt lt datasize gt m lt value gt p lt value gt q lt value gt w lt value gt v 202086 B A 25 Appendix B Port Numbering and MAC Address Assignment This appendix discusses how ports are numbered on the chassis as well as how MAC addresses are assigned to MAC entities in the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch Port Numbering Some screens contain fields for selecting ports A port number includes the slot location of the I O module in the chassis as well as the port s position in the I O module In the Accelar 1200 and 1250 switches slots are numbered from top to bottom Figure B 1 shows slot numbering for the Accelar 1200 switch l O slot 1 Power l O slot 2 d 1 0 slot 3 FB SSF CPU board FB SSF CPU board Power l O slot 6 ae l O slot 7 1 0 slot 8 7814EA Figure B 1 Accelar 1200 Slots 202086 B B 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface In the Accelar 1100 1150 switch the modular slots are slots 1 and 2 and the internal ports belong to slot 3 Figure B 2 shows how slots on an Accelar 1100 chassis are numbered from left to right Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Figure B 2 Accelar 1100 Slots Ports in the chassis and in all modules are numbered from left to right For example the second po
199. le is the active file for any commands A file on System Flash and PCMCIA can also be referenced according to the device on which it resides and its ordinal position on that device lt device gt lt file gt device flash pcmcia file file number on device For example the first file on System Flash is flash 1 and the second file on PCMCIA is pemcia 2 Note that device names can be abbreviated to two letters For example flash 2 and fl 2 both refer to the same file Reserved Devices The file system commands take either device names or file names as arguments The following are reserved device names that have special meaning when used as command arguments config and nvram The config and nvram device names refer to the area of Boot Flash reserved for the routing switch configuration Files can be copied to and from the config and nvram areas 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface tftp The tftp device name is used to copy files to and from a Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP server When the TFTP device is used as a source or destination the user is prompted for the IP address of the TFTP server and the remote file path There is a TFTP client built into the routing switch that affects the file transfers with the TFTP server trace The trace device name refers to a reserved area of system RAM where the routing switch writes debugging messages The trace log is not normally
200. les in the figures as guides when you need help selecting ports in Accelar Device Manager MAC Address Assignment Understanding how MAC addresses are assigned is important when defining static ARP entries for IP addresses in the routing switch and when using a network analyzer to decode network traffic Base MAC Address A flash memory device holds a unique 48 bit base MAC address for the routing switch For the Accelar 1200 or 1250 chassis the flash device is in the main chassis For the Accelar 1100 or 1150 chassis and the Accelar 1050 1051 switch the flash device is on the main board with the fixed ports For a given routing switch the base MAC address will look like xx xx xx yy yy 00 where xx xx xx is the IEEE organization identifier for example 00 OE 16 yy yy is unique to the routing switch On switches with debug Ethernet ports the base MAC address is used by this port The general form for a MAC addresses used by a particular routing switch is XX XX XX yy yy ZZ 202086 B B 3 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface where xx xx xx is the IEEE organization identifier for example 00 OE 16 yy yy is unique to the routing switch ZZ is user specific From the general form it is easy to see that each Accelar 1000 Series routing switch is assigned a block of 256 48 bit MAC addresses from xx xx xx yy yy 00 through xx xx xx yy yy FF Physical MAC Addresses Physical MAC addr
201. level show vlan info advance lt vid gt page 5 24 show vlan info all lt vid gt by lt value gt show vlan info arp lt vid gt page 6 15 show vlan info basic lt vid gt show vlan info dhcp lt vid gt show vlan info dvmrp lt vid gt show vlan info fdb entry lt vid gt page 5 28 show vlan info fdb filter lt vid gt show vlan info igmp lt vid gt page 6 76 show vlan info ip lt vid gt show vlan info ipx lt vid gt show vlan info ospf lt vid gt show vlan info ports lt vid gt page 5 25 show vlan info rip lt vid gt page 6 34 show vlan info snoop lt vid gt page 5 32 show vlan info srcmac lt vid gt show vlan info fdb static lt vid gt show vlan info vrrp main lt vid gt page 6 57 show vlan info vrrp extended lt vid gt show vlan igmp snoop access list vid lt Group Address gt page 5 33 show vlan igmp snoop all access list show vlan igmp snoop groups lt vid gt show vlan igmp snoop senders info lt vid gt show vlan igmp snoop static lt vid gt show web server page 4 27 squeeze lt device gt page 3 10 telnet lt ipaddr gt A 24 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No test artable page 3 22 test fabric test loopback ports lt int ext gt test stop artable test stop fabric test stop loopback lt ports gt toplevel page 3 10 trace clear page 3 24 trace level lt modid gt lt leve
202. list info Command 7 13 Output for the show ip policy adarlist info id 1 Command 7 13 202086 B Figure 7 10 Figure 7 11 Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 Figure 7 14 Figure 7 15 Figure 7 16 Figure 7 17 Figure 7 18 Figure 7 19 Figure 7 20 Figure 7 21 Figure 7 22 Figure 7 23 Figure 7 24 Figure 7 25 Figure 7 26 Figure 7 27 Figure 7 28 Figure 7 29 Figure 7 30 Figure 7 31 Figure 7 32 Figure 7 33 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure B 1 Figure B 2 Figure B 3 Figure B 4 202086 B Output for the show ip policy netlist info Command 7 14 Output for the show ip policy netlist info id 1 Command 7 14 Output for the show ip policy ospf accept info Command 7 15 Output for the show ip policy ospf accept lists Command 7 15 Output for the show ip policy ospf announce info Command 7 16 Output for the show ip policy ospf announce lists conan Ses isadaSn 7 16 Output for the show ip policy rip accept info Command 7 17 Output for the show ip policy rip accept lists Command 7 17 Output for show ip policy rip accept match network Command 7 18 bius for the omg p traffic filter info Command sss 7 20 Output for the Bois ip traffic filter filter info Com in ESEA 7 22 Out
203. log Commands page 4 23 202086 B Configuring Switch Management Access Policy Commands Access policies allow you to control management access by setting policies for services to prevent or allow access to the switch You can specify which hosts or networks can access the switch through Telnet SNMP HTTP rsh and rlogin and if the mode is to allow or deny access config sys access policy Commands Use these commands to get information about or enable access policies on the switch The syntax is config sys access policy followed by info Displays the global access policy setting enabled or disabled enable true false Globally enables or disables the IP access policy feature on the switch If set to false no policies on the switch will be applied config sys access policy policy Commands These commands configure specific policy IDs where pia is from 1 to 65535 using the following syntax and options config sys access policy policy pid followed by info Displays characteristics of the specified access policy Figure 4 12 accesslevel Sets policy access level where level is policy access level level ro rw rwa or Read Only Read Write Read Write All create Creates a new access policy with policy ID from 1 to 65535 delete Deletes the access policy with specified policy ID 1 to 65535 disable Disables the specified access policy 1 to 65535 enable Enables the specified
204. lt integer gt config ip diffserv rule or rule2 lt integer gt config ipdiffserv rule or rule3 lt integer gt page 6 2 config ip traffic filter clear stats lt fid gt config ip traffic filter create destination dst ip lt value gt src ip lt value gt config ip traffic filter create global src ip lt value gt dst ip lt value gt config ip traffic filter create info config ip traffic filter create source src ip lt value gt dst ip lt value gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt action mode lt default forward drop gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt action info config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt action mirror lt enable disable gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt action priority lt enable disable gt config ip traffic filter filter fid action tcp connect lt enable disable gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt action use packet limit lt enable disable gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt delete config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt log stats lt enable disable gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt info config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt match dst port lt port gt dst option lt value gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt match info config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt match packet limit lt pktlimit gt config ip traffic filter filter lt fid gt match protocol lt protocoltype gt config ip traffic filter
205. m connection is hung Resets all the statistics counters in the routing switch to zero Resets the modem port Sets the switch to save the switch configuration to backup CPU NVRAM 4 16 202086 B Configuring Switch Management Accelar 1100 config sys set action info checkswinflash checkswinpcmcia cpuswitchover getstandbycpuinfo resetconsole resetcounters resetmodem savetostandbynvram Figure 4 15 Output for the config sys set action info Command config sys set flags Commands The config sys set flags commands set system flags to true or false for the following actions autoboot using the configuration file after rebooting isolating ports and activating debug mode The following parameters are used config sys set flags followed by info Displays current flag settings Figure 4 16 autoboot Controls whether the routing switch automatically runs the lt true false gt run time image after being reset or stops at the monitor gt prompt Setting autoboot to false is useful for some debugging tasks The default is true factorydefault Sets the switch configuration to factory default settings lt true false gt switchportiso Controls whether the ports operate in isolated mode In isolated lt true false gt mode true the ports are members of the unassigned isolated VLAN instead of the Default VLAN which includes all ports The default is false debugmode Controls whether the ro
206. m which route it can go no further if the remote network is not reachable The command format is traceroute lt ipaddr gt lt datasize gt m lt value gt p lt value gt q lt value gt w lt value gt v where e ipaddr is the IP address of the switch e datasize is the probe packet size 1 to 1464 e m value is maximum time to live TTL value 1 to 255 e p value is the base UDP port number 0 to 4294967295 e q value is the number of probes per TTL 1 to 255 e w value is the wait time per probe 1 to 255 e v is the verbose mode showing all Figure 3 8 is an example of this command Accelar 1100 traceroute 134 177 1 22 traceroute to 10 125 1 22 30 hops max 40 byte packets 1 10 125 80 1 32 ms 16 ms 16 ms 2 10 125 13 21 16 ms 16 ms 16 ms 3 10 125 1 22 16 ms 34 ms Figure 3 8 Example of the traceroute Command File and Device Management Commands The file and device management commands enable you to manage files on the flash module the PCMCIA card or the network These commands operate in the same manner as their counterparts in the Boot Monitor CLI 3 18 202086 B Run Time CLI Description The file management commands include the log commands the trace commands and the following copy lt srcdevfile gt lt destdevfile gt debug delete lt devfile gt directory devfile 1 format device recover device rsh lt ipaddr gt 1 l
207. m which to load the run time image e To specify the order in the Boot Monitor CLI use the command choices See the Boot Commands section on page 2 6 e To specify the source using the run time CLI commands use the command config sys set boot See the description on page 4 18 Stage 4 Routing Switch Configuration Load The final step before the boot process is complete is to load the routing switch configuration The routing switch configuration includes e Chassis configuration e Port configuration e Spanning tree group configuration e VLAN configuration e Routing configuration e P address assignments e RMON configuration 202086 B Accelar Basics The default configuration includes e A single port based default VLAN with a VLAN identification number of 1 bound to the default spanning tree group All ports in a single spanning tree group STG number 1 The default spanning tree group is 802 1D compliant and its BPDUS are never tagged e Spanning Tree FastStart disabled on all ports e No interfaces assigned IP addresses e Traffic priority for all ports set to normal priority e All ports as nontagged ports Whether or not the routing switch configuration is loaded is controlled by the boot configuration Loading of the routing switch configuration can be bypassed in the following ways e Inthe Boot Monitor CLI use the command flags and answer y when prompted Do you want to use t
208. mmands IP 6 68 port 6 72 show 6 70 VLAN 6 73 link state database 6 44 log commands Boot Monitor CLI 2 7 configure 4 8 show 4 10 log files 1 10 login command 3 16 login defaults 1 19 logout command 3 16 M MAC address assignment B 3 management commands Boot Monitor CLI 2 7 Run Time CLI 3 18 management tools 1 2 mirror commands 5 10 MLT commands configure 5 11 show 5 14 monitor commands 8 1 multicast commands 6 58 Multi Link Trunking See MLT N naming files 1 11 navigation commands 3 10 network boot option 2 6 Index 4 network lists 7 4 NVRAM 1 11 O Open Shortest Path First See OSPF OSPF accept policy 7 6 OSPF announce policy 7 7 OSPF commands IP 6 34 port 6 46 6 48 show 6 40 switch 6 35 VLAN 6 50 P password commands 4 7 passwords default 1 19 levels 1 19 Run Time CLI 3 3 PCMCIA boot option 2 6 PCMCIA cards 1 9 physical MAC address B 4 ping command Boot Monitor CLI 2 12 Run Time CLI 3 16 pingipx command 3 17 port ARP commands configure 6 13 show 6 13 port commands configure 5 1 to 5 3 6 7 layer 2 5 1 OSPF configure 6 46 OSPF show 6 48 show 5 4 to 5 9 6 8 VRRP 6 52 port DHCP commands configure 6 17 show 6 18 202086 B port DVMRP commands configure 6 66 show 6 66 port IP VRRP commands 6 52 port 13 IGMP commands 6 72 port numbers 3 5 port OSPF commands configure 6 46 show 6 48 port RIP c
209. more information Table 2 1 Boot Monitor CLI Commands Commands See page Boot commands Use these commands to display and modify boot parameters and to reboot the Accelar 1000 Series Chassis boot device gt filename lt cfgfile gt lt tftp gt lt file gt choices lt choice gt lt source gt lt filename gt devices lt device name or device number gt flags reset save tests lt device name or device number gt tftp lt server ip address gt lt file gt Note Entering a boot command with no arguments will cause the switch to follow the current boot choices and boot the switch File and device management commands Use these commands to manage system software files and configuration files and to manage the flash module and PCMCIA card copy src device gt filename dest device filename gt delete lt device name or device number gt lt filename gt directory lt device name or device number gt format lt device name or device number gt recover lt device name or device number gt squeeze lt device name or device number gt help command Use this command to list all Boot Monitor commands or to display syntax for a command help lt command gt History commands Use these commands to display and reenter previously entered commands Syntax is the same as the Run Time CLI history command g lt number gt lt str gt lt substr gt sstr rstr
210. n commands show current level parameter settings and next level directories ip protocol configuration IPX configuration commands system log file commands port mirroring commands Multi link trunking commands remote monitor commands Set calendar time spanning tree commands system configuration commands vlan configuration commands web server commands Figure 3 5 Output for the help config Command History Commands The Run Time CLI history commands let you list the commands you have entered during the current session and reenter commands The history commands include the following options history number number lt str gt substr Lists the commands that you have entered during the current CLI session Reenters the most recently entered command run command Enters the command identified in the command history by the variable number Runs the last command that matches the given string str Runs the last command that matches the given substring lt substr gt sstr rstr Enters the most recent command but substitutes a new string for a given string Figure 3 6 shows sample output for the history commands in the Run Time CLI 202086 B 3 15 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1200 gt history 0 show port info 1 3 1 config ethernet 1 3 auto negotiate disable 2 config ethernet 1 3 speed 10 Figure 3 6 Output for the hist
211. n disabled all reports from different hosts are forwarded to multicast routers which means that more than one group report may be forwarded for the same multicast group per query interval The default is enabled Robust value is used to determine group membership timeouts It should be set to that of the multicast router in the network range 2 to 255 The default is 2 Deletes IGMP senders for the specified groups This action takes place immediately Enables or disables the IGMP snooping feature IGMP snooping will work only when a multicast router exists in the VLAN If multicasting is enabled but the VLAN does not hear a query from a multicast router then the group reports from the hosts will not be processed Adds static member ports to the IGMP snooping group address and configures them as static members or blocked not allowed to join Creates a static IGMP snooping group address with the specified ports as static members or blocked not allowed to join You can create a static entry without any ports so that if there is at least one multicast router in the VLAN multicast data will be forwarded to that router If there are no multicast routers in the VLAN and no port was entered in the static entry the multicast data will be dropped Subsequently when a multicast router is learned or configured the multicast data for this static entry will be forwarded to that router 202086 B 5 31 Reference for the A
212. n seconds between DVMRP router update messages The range is 10 to 2000 the default is 60 Sets the time interval in seconds between triggered update messages sent when routing information changes The range is 5 to 1000 the default is 5 Sets the length of time in seconds the router waits for a response from a neighbor before considering the attached network to be a leaf network The range is 25 to 4000 the default is 200 Sets the length of time in seconds the router waits to receive a report from a neighbor before considering the connection inactive The range is 35 to 8000 the default is 35 How often the DVMRP router sends neighbor probe messages on its interface The range is 5 to 30 seconds the default is 10 Accelar 11004 config ip dvmrp info enable update interval triggered update interval leaf timeout nbr timeout nbr probe interval false Figure 6 68 Output for the config ip dvmrp info Command 6 62 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip dvmrp interface The commands require an IP address and use the following syntax and parameters config ip dvmrp interface lt ipaddr gt followed by disable Disables DVMRP on the local router interface enable Enables DVMRP on the local router interface info Displays information about the specified DVMRP local router interface metric lt cost gt Sets the cost metric maximum number of hops for the router in
213. nal any config ip policy rip announce pid outbound interface list addrlist id gt config ip policy rip announce pid precedence precedence config ip policy rip announce pid range netlist netlist id gt config ip policy rip announce pid remove route src lt direct static rip ospf lany gt config ip policy rip announce pid rip gateway list lt addrlist id config ip policy rip announce pid rip interface list lt addrlist id gt config ip policy rip announce pid rip metric lt rip metric gt config ip policy rip info page 7 9 config ip route discovery disable page 6 2 config ip route discovery enable config ip route discovery info 202086 B A 9 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ip rip disable config ip rip domain lt ipaddr gt lt value gt config ip rip enable config ip rip holddown lt seconds gt config ip rip info config ip rip updatetime lt seconds gt config ip rip receive lt ipaddr gt mode lt value gt config ip rip send lt ipaddr gt mode lt value gt page 6 26 config ip static route create lt ipaddr mask gt next hop lt value gt cost lt value gt config ip static route delete lt ipaddr mask gt config ip static route info page 6 2 config ip diffserv rule and mask lt integer gt config ip diffserv rule info config ipdiffserv rule or rule1
214. ncapsulation Ethernet II IPX network number 0x00000002 vid 2 encapsulation snap delete N A Figure 6 85 Output for the config ipx info Command Accelar 11004 config ipx forwarding info forwarding enable enable IPX network number 0x00000001 IPX network number 0x00000002 disable Figure 6 86 Output for the config ipx forwarding info Command 202086 B 6 77 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan ipx Commands These commands configure IPX on a VLAN using the following syntax and commands config vlan lt vid gt ipx followed by info create IPX network number lt encapsulation gt delete lt IPX network number gt Displays the switch IPX configuration Creates a protocol based VLAN using one of the supported encapsulation methods as the protocol network number is the destination IPX network number for the route vid isthe VLAN ID is 1 to 4095 e lt encapsulation gt is ipx802dot3 ipx802dot2 ipxSnap pxEthernet2 gt Deletes the specified IPX network config ipx set Commands These commands are used to configure maximum entries for IPX parameters They are config ipx set followed by info max route max entries max sap max entries Displays current maximum entries set on the switch Figure 6 87 Used to set the maximum number of IPX routes that can be learned by the switch Note T
215. ncluded clear followed by ip arp ports lt port gt Clears ARP port entries from the ARP table ip arp vlan lt vid gt Clears ARP VLAN entries from the ARP table ip route ports lt port gt Clears route entries associated with the specified port ip route vlan lt vid gt Clears route entries associated with the specified VLAN igmp snoop groups lt vid gt Clears the dynamically learned multicast group members igmp snoop mrouter lt vid gt Clears the learned multicast router ports ports stats lt ports gt Clears port statistics from the switch counters Date Command The date command is available only when the switch real time clock is set Not all Accelar switches have real time clocks The date command displays the calendar time in the format day of the week month day hh mm ss year If the date command is entered on a device that does not have a real time clock the following message is displayed The Real Time Clock is not present The command to set the real time clock is config setdate 3 12 202086 B Run Time CLI Description Help Command Several types of online help are available in the Accelar run time CLI Type help at the prompt to see a description of the available types of online Help Figure 3 3 Accelar 1100 help Seven forms of help are available in the system 1 Typing help describes help features 2 Typing help commands provides a list of commands you
216. nd parameters config ip policy addrlist lt listid gt followed by info Displays the address list characteristics Figure 7 2 add address lt ipaddr gt Adds an IP address to the policy address list create Creates a policy address list delete Deletes the policy address list name lt name gt Assigns a name to the policy address list remove address lt ipaddr gt Removes an address from the policy address list Accelar 105X config ip policy addrlist 3 info create delete N A name ADDRLIST 3 add address 1 remove address N A Figure 7 2 Output for the config ip policy addrlist info Command config ip policy netlist The config ip policy netlist commands set network list matching criteria to suit a given route where listid is the network list ID 1 to 1000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip policy netlist lt listid gt followed by info Displays settings for the IP policy network list Figure 7 3 add network lt ipaddr mask gt Adds a network with the IP address and subnet mask to the policy network list 7 4 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters config ip policy netlist lt listid gt followed by create Creates a policy network list delete Deletes the policy network list name lt name gt Assigns a name to the policy network list remove network lt ipaddr mask gt Removes an address from the policy address list
217. nds the switch s OSPF neighbors should wait before assuming that the OSPF router is down The range is 1 to 2147836437 the default is 4 The value must be at least 4 times hello interval 6 46 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ethernet lt port gt ip ospf followed by hello interval lt seconds gt Sets the OSPF hello interval which is the number of seconds between hello packets sent on this interface You can specify a value from 1 to 65535 The default is 1 metric lt cost gt Sets the OSPF metric associated with this interface and advertised in router link advertisements The range is from 0 to 65535 the default is 0 priority lt integer gt Sets the OSPF priority for the port 0 to 255 during the election process for the designated router The port with the highest priority number is the best candidate for the designated router If you set the priority to 0 the port cannot become either the designated router or a backup designated router The default is 1 Note Both sides of the OSPF connection must use the same authentication type and key Accelar 1100 config ethernet 3 1 ip ospf info Port 3 1 advertise when down disable ospf disable hello interval 10 dead interval 40 pryrorety s d metric O0 authentication type none authentication key area 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 49 Output for the config ethernet ip ospf info Command 202086 B 6 47
218. net lt ports gt ip dvmrp disable config ethernet lt ports gt ip dvmrp info config ethernet lt ports gt ip dvmrp metric lt cost gt config ethernet lt ports gt ip I3 igmp info page 6 74 config ethernet ports ip I3 igmp last memb query int lt seconds gt config ethernet ports ip I3 igmp query interval seconds config ethernet ports ip I3 igmp query max resp seconds config ethernet ports ip I3 igmp robustval integer config ethernet ports ip I3 igmp version integer config ethernet ports ip info page 6 47 config ethernet ports ip ospf enable config ethernet ports ip ospf advertise when down lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports ip ospf disable config ethernet ports ip ospf area lt ipaddr gt config ethernet ports ip ospf authentication key string config ethernet ports ip ospf authentication type lt auth type gt config ethernet ports ip ospf dead interval seconds config ethernet ports ip ospf hello interval seconds config ethernet ports ip ospf info config ethernet ports ip ospf metric cost config ethernet ports ip ospf priority integer config ethernet ports ip proxy disable page 6 13 config ethernet ports ip proxy enable config ethernet ports ip proxy info config ethernet ports ip rip advertise when down lt enable disable gt page 6 29 config ethernet ports ip rip auto aggr lt enable disable gt
219. nfiguration Page 1 3 Accelar models 1 1 accept policy OSPF 7 6 RIP 7 9 access levels layer 2 1 18 layer 3 1 18 read only 1 18 read write 1 18 read write all 1 19 access policies 4 13 access policy commands configure 4 13 show 4 15 address lists 7 4 alphabetical list of commands A 1 announce policy OSPF 7 7 RIP 7 11 ARP commands configure 6 10 IP 6 11 port 6 12 show 6 12 VLAN 6 14 ARU2 hardware 3 2 ARU3 hardware 3 2 B back command 3 10 base MAC address B 3 202086 B Index boot command Boot Monitor CLI 2 6 Run Time CLI 3 11 boot configuration 1 4 2 6 boot factory default 1 7 boot flash memory 1 8 Boot Monitor CLI accessing 2 2 command list 2 3 definition 1 3 2 1 Boot Monitor CLI commands boot 2 6 choices 2 6 delete 2 7 device management 2 7 devices 2 6 directory 2 7 file management 2 7 flags 2 6 format 2 7 help 2 9 history 2 9 ip 2 10 log 2 7 ping 2 12 quit 2 14 recover 2 7 reset 2 6 save 2 6 show 2 6 2 13 squeeze 2 7 tests 2 6 tftp 2 6 trace 2 8 Index 1 boot monitor image file 1 10 boot options internal flash 2 6 network 2 6 PCMCIA 2 6 skip 2 6 boot order specifying 2 6 boot sequence 1 4 boot source specifying 2 6 box command 3 10 C choices command 2 6 clear commands 3 12 CLI command list alphabetical A 1 CLI command tree 3 9 config cli commands 4 5 config cli management commands 4 5 conf
220. nt show sys Commands Several show sys commands are available to display current system status and configuration show sys community This command displays the community strings on the switch Figure 4 19 Accelar 1100 show sys community Community String ro public 12 private 13 private rw private rwa secret Figure 4 19 Output for the show sys community Command show sys info This command lists the general system settings and status Figure 4 20 is a partial sample display Accelar 1100 show sys info General Chassis HwRev Info SysName Accelar 1100 SysUpTime 5 day s 03 59 50 SysContact support baynetworks com SysLocation 4401 Great America Parkway Santa Clara CA 95052 Info Chassis 1100 Serial 43 HwRev v3 0 v5 0 NumSlots 3 AruMode AruTwo EocMode default Power Supply Info Ps 1 Status up Ps 1 Serial Number Ps 1 Version 202086 B 4 21 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Ps 1 Part Number Ps 2 Status empty Fan Info Fan l up Fan 2 up Fan 3 up Card Info Slot Type Part Serial HwRev Oper Asic Version Status 3 16x100BaseTXWG 40193 43 v3 0 up SQ2 Xyl5 SW1 QUID2 PIC3 ARI System Error Info Send Trap false Error Code 0 Error Severity 2 System Device Info Autoboot true FactoryDefaults false SwitchPortIsolation false DebugMode false HighPriorityMode false Figure 4 20 Output for the
221. nter the original command For example when using the commands that begin with config ethernet lt ports gt ip after you have entered a port number you will not have to reenter this information unless you go back up a level This feature enables you to create delete or change all relevant parameters for this port without reentering information To avoid having to type complete commands you can enter a shortened version of the command such as dis for disable or en for enable or type part of a command and then press the Tab key to complete the command If the letters you typed are unique to a command the command will be completed automatically If not a bell will sound to indicate that more information is necessary Throughout the CLI the following keystrokes are available e Control P to view and scroll through the previous history commands e Control N to view and scroll through the next history commands e Control U to delete a line clears the line and allows you to enter a new command e Control C to abort a line entry aborts the command entry and puts you at a new prompt Note that this command does not abort the current command level that is running only the new entry e Control D logs you off the system e Control S Control Q software flow control XON XOFF e Control I command completion completes the command when you have entered part of a word sn for show e Control H backspace In addition ce
222. ny gt advertise netlist lt netlist id gt create delete disable enable Displays the settings for the OSPF announce policy Figure 7 5 Selects whether the OSPF policy action will be to accept or ignore external route information Adds a route source to the announce policy sets direct static RIP or any as accepted sources from which the route can be learned If the action is set to announce allows sending or advertising networks that differ from the actual network in the routing table The netlist ID is the advertised net list ID 0 to 1000 and allows advertisement of an aggregate or default along with the actual network Creates an OSPF announce policy Deletes an OSPF announce policy Disables an OSPF announce policy Enables an OSPF announce policy 202086 B 7 7 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip policy ospf announce followed by lt pid gt exact net list netlist id ext metric ext metric ext metric type typel type2 name name precedence precedence range net list netlist id remove route source direct static riplany rip gateway list addrlist id rip interface list addrlist id Sets an OSPF announce policy in which networks will only match the specific network advertisement The netlist id range is 0 to 1000 Sets the OSPF announce external metric 0 to 65535 Sets the OSPF announce poli
223. o take effect the configuration must be saved and the Switch reset Used to set the maximum number of IPX services that can be learned by the switch Note To take effect the configuration must be saved and the switch reset 6 78 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ipx set followed by max static route max entries max static sap max entries Used to set the maximum number of static IPX routes that can be configured on the switch Note To take effect the configuration must be saved and the switch reset Used to set the maximum number of static IPX services that can be configured on the Switch Note To take effect the configuration must be saved and the switch reset Accelar 12004 config ipx set info max route 1500 max sap 1500 max static rout 128 max static sap 64 Figure 6 87 Output for the config ipx set info Command config ipx static route Commands The IPX static route commands are used to create or delete a static IPX network route The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ipx static route followed by info create IPX network number nexthop lt hop count gt lt tick count gt delete lt IPX network number gt Displays IPX routes created and or deleted Figure 6 88 Creates a static IPX network route where nexthop is the IPX address of the next router hop count is the number of passes
224. ocations For more information about using the Accelar Configuration Page refer to the section on Web Management in Reference for Accelar Management Software Switching Operations 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Boot Sequence Accelar 1000 Series routing switches go through a four stage boot sequence before becoming fully functional routing switches The boot sequence includes the following four stages 1 Boot monitor image load this page 2 Boot configuration load this page 3 Run time image load page 1 5 4 Routing switch configuration load page 1 6 The following sections describe what happens at each stage in the boot process Stage 1 Boot Monitor Image Load At the power up or reset sequence the processor on the Silicon Switch Fabric SSF module or board loads the boot monitor image The boot monitor image is contained in flash memory on the SSF module If an Accelar 1200 routing switch contains a redundant SSF module the first SSF module to be installed becomes the active SSF module on powering up or resetting Consequently the boot monitor image is loaded from the flash memory on that SSF module When the boot monitor image is loaded the CPU and basic system devices such as the console port modem port PCMCIA card slot if applicable and debug Ethernet port are initialized Note that the I O ports are not available at this stage The I O ports are not initiali
225. of shipment This warranty does not apply if the media has been damaged as a result of accident misuse or abuse The Licensee assumes all responsibility for selection of the Software to achieve Licensee s intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the Software Bay Networks does not warrant a that the functions contained in the software will meet the Licensee s requirements b that the Software will operate in the hardware or software combinations that the Licensee may select c that the operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free or d that all defects in the operation of the Software will be corrected Bay Networks is not obligated to remedy any Software defect that cannot be reproduced with the latest Software release These warranties do not apply to the Software if it has been i altered except by Bay Networks or in accordance with its instructions ii used in conjunction with another vendor s product resulting in the defect or iii damaged by improper environment abuse misuse accident or negligence THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS ARE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Licensee is responsible for the security of its own data and information and for maintaining adequate procedures apart from the Software to reconstruct lost or altered fil
226. of the configuration and management functions necessary to manage the Accelar switch These functions include the following e Reset or reboot the Accelar 1000 Series chassis e Save your configuration to NVRAM nonvolatile RAM e Add delete and display ARP table entries e Configure RIP DHCP OSPF VRRP IGMP DVMRP and IPX parameters Ping another networking device Display and set configuration parameters for the entire Accelar 1000 Series chassis and for individual ports e Add and delete static IP routes including default routes in the IP route table e Configure and display spanning tree group STG parameters and enable or disable Spanning Tree Protocol on an STG e Configure and display Multi Link Trunking MLT parameters e Set IP policies for RIP and OSPF e Set traffic filters for the switch e Test the Accelar 1000 Series chassis switching fabric and perform internal and external loopback tests on individual ports e Create and manage port based VLANs or policy based VLANs 3 2 202086 B Run Time CLI Description Passwords Note The CLI commands enable you to perform most configuration tasks but not all tasks can be performed using the CLI in particular setting RMON parameters To perform a task that cannot be performed using CLI commands use the Accelar Device Manager There are five defined levels of password protected access to the CLI e ro Read Only e 12 layer 2 Read Writ
227. of times the area ID is not matched The output format is shown in Figure 6 42 Accelar 1100 show ip ospf ifstats Ospf Interface Statistics HELLOS DBS LS REQ LS UDP LS ACK INTERFACE RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX Tx 10 10 80 2 22592 22573 7 0 4 55755 6 127 1888 10 10 80 9 0 22574 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 42 Output for the show ip ospf ifstats Command show ip ospf info This command displays the current OSPF settings for the switch Figure 6 43 is a sample display 6 42 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 1100 show ip ospf info Ospf General RouterId 22 0 8 0 AdminStat enabled VersionNumber 2 AreaBdrRtrStatus false ASBdrRtrStatus false ExternLsaCount 0 ExternLsaCksumSum 0 0x0 TOSSupport O0 OriginateNewLsas 0 RxNewLsas 0 TrapEnable false AutoVirtLinkEnable false SpfHoldDownTime 10 Figure 6 43 show ip ospf interface Display for show ip ospf info Command This command displays information about the OSPF interface Figure 6 44 Accelar 1100 show ip ospf interface Ospf Interface INTERFACE AREAID ADMINST IFST METR PRIO DR BDR AUTHKEY AUTHTYPE 10 10 80 82 0 0 0 0 disable Down 10 0 0 0 0 none 0 0 0 0 10 10 80 9 0 0 0 0 enable DR 10 10 10 80 9 none 0 0 0 0 10 10 80 2 0 0 0 0 enable BDR 10 10 10 80 1 none 10 10 80 2 Figure 6 44 Output for the show ip ospf interface Command show ip ospf int tim
228. ommands configure 6 28 show 6 30 port traffic filter commands 7 26 port VRRP commands 6 54 ports numbering B 1 publications Bay Networks Xxx related xxix xxxi pwe command 3 10 Q quit command Boot Monitor CLI 2 14 Run Time CLI 3 16 R read only access 1 18 read write access 1 18 read write all access 1 19 recover command 1 17 2 7 3 19 reset command 2 6 3 17 RFCs xxxi RIP accept policy 7 9 RIP announce policy 7 11 RIP commands IP 6 25 port 6 28 show 7 26 VLAN 6 31 rlogin command 3 19 202086 B RMON commands configure 4 11 show 4 12 Routing Information Protocol See RIP rsh command 3 19 Run Time CLI definition 3 1 description 3 2 help commands 3 5 IP address format 3 7 keystrokes 3 4 navigation 3 4 number supported 3 2 password and login levels 3 3 port number syntax 3 5 system requirements 3 2 using 3 3 Run Time CLI commands arp show 6 12 copy 3 19 delete 3 19 device management 3 18 directory 3 19 file management 3 18 format 3 19 history 3 15 ping 3 16 quit 3 16 reset 3 17 squeeze 3 19 testing 3 22 trace 3 24 run time image files 1 9 S save command 2 6 script file 3 11 script files copying 3 21 set dates 4 12 show cli commands 4 6 show commands Boot Monitor CLI 2 6 2 13 show config command 4 2 show log commands 4 10 show ports commands 5 4 to 5 9 Index 5 show ports stats commands 6 61 sh
229. on the I O module Ports are always numbered from left to right beginning with 1 for the far left port In the Accelar 1200 1250 switch chassis slots are numbered from the top slot down beginning with 1 for the top slot Figure 3 1 illustrates how the slots and ports in an Accelar 1200 chassis are numbered 202086 B 3 5 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface I O slot 1 Power I O slot 2 Supply 1 I O slot 3 CPU slot CPU slot Power I O slot 6 Sure I O slot 7 I O slot 8 7814EA Figure 3 1 Accelar 1200 Slots In the Accelar 1100 1150 switch the left I O slot is slot 1 the right I O slot is slot 2 and the fixed chassis ports are identified as belonging to slot 3 The Accelar 1050 1051 switch is in a standalone chassis with no actual slot numbers Slot number 1 is used to indicate the Gigabit port and slot number 3 is used to indicate a 10 100 Mb s port To specify a single port number type the slot number a forward slash and then the position number lt slot gt lt position gt For example to specify the fourth port from the left on the third I O module in the Accelar 1200 chassis express the port number as follows 3 4 To specify a list of port numbers separate individual port numbers with commas lt slot gt lt position gt lt slot gt lt position gt lt slot gt lt position gt Notice that there is no space between the port numbers and the
230. onfig ip ospf host route lt ipaddr gt create page 6 35 config ip ospf host route lt ipaddr gt delete config ip ospf host route ipaddr info config ip ospf host route lt ipaddr gt metric lt metric gt config ip ospf info config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt admin status lt enable disable gt page 6 37 config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt area lt area gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt authentication key lt authentication key gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt authentication type lt auth type gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt dead interval lt seconds gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt delete message digest key lt md5 key id gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt hello interval lt seconds gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt info config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt add message digest key lt md5 key id gt md5 key lt value gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt metric lt metric gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt poll interval seconds config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt priority lt priority gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt retransmit interval lt seconds gt config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt transit delay lt seconds gt page 6 35 config ip ospf router id lt ipaddr gt config ip ospf trap lt enable disable delete gt config ip policy addrlist lt listid gt add address lt ipaddr gt page 7 4 config ip policy addrlist lt list
231. or port based VLAN an IP address must already be assigned to the port or VLAN and routing must already be enabled 6 10 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip arp Commands These commands configure ARP on the switch The commands take the following syntax and parameters config ip arp followed by info Displays ARP characteristics Figure 6 14 add ports lt value gt ip lt value gt Adds a static entry to the ARP table mac lt value gt vlan lt value gt ports lt value gt are the port numbers shown as slot port e ip value is the IP address s DeCode mac value is the 48 bit hardware MAC address in the format 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 vlan value isthe name or number of a VLAN aging seconds Sets the length of time in seconds an entry will remain in the ARP table before timeout Range is 1 to 32767 delete ipaddr Removes an entry from the ARP table Accelar 11004 config ip arp info aging 360 delete N A add ports 3 16 ip 134 177 80 167 mac 00 60 08 06 fa 2a wlan i ports 3 16 ip 134 177 80 72 mac 00 08 c7 a0 1b 1b vlan l Figure 6 14 Output for the config ip arp info Command 202086 B 6 11 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip arp Commands These commands display ARP configuration on the switch show ip arp info This command displays the ARP table using the format s
232. or the show ip policy netlist info id 1 Command show ip policy ospf accept info This command displays information about the OSFP accept policies configured on the switch using the syntax show ip policy ospf accept info id lt value gt If no ID is entered the display provides information for all OSPF accept policies on the switch Figure 7 12 If a policy ID is entered the display lists information for only that policy 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters Accelar 1100 show ip policy ospf accept info Policy Ospf Accept Info PID NAME ENABLE PREC ACTION OSPFTYPE 6001 POLICY 6001 true 0 accept any Figure 7 12 Output for the show ip policy ospf accept info Command show ip policy ospf accept lists This command displays the accept lists on the switch using the syntax show ip policy ospf accept lists id lt value gt If no ID is entered all OSPF accept lists are displayed If an ID is entered only that list is displayed Figure 7 13 Accelar 1100 show ip policy ospf accept lists id 6001 Policy Ospf Accept List POLICY ID EXACTNETLIST RANGENETLIST INJECTNETLIST 6001 0 0 0 Figure 7 13 Output for the show ip policy ospf accept lists Command show ip policy ospf accept match network This command lists the policies that match the specified network with a range or exact match using the syntax show ip
233. ors whichever is applicable 6 Use of Software in the European Community This provision applies to all Software acquired for use within the European Community If Licensee uses the Software within a country in the European Community the Software Directive enacted by the Council of European Communities Directive dated 14 May 1991 will apply to the examination of the Software to facilitate interoperability Licensee agrees to notify Bay Networks of any such intended examination of the Software and may procure support and assistance from Bay Networks 7 Term and termination This license is effective until terminated however all of the restrictions with respect to Bay Networks copyright in the Software and user manuals will cease being effective at the date of expiration of the Bay Networks copyright those restrictions relating to use and disclosure of Bay Networks confidential information shall continue in effect Licensee may terminate this license at any time The license will automatically terminate if Licensee fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the license Upon termination for any reason Licensee will immediately destroy or return to Bay Networks the Software user manuals and all copies Bay Networks is not liable to Licensee for damages in any form solely by reason of the termination of this license 8 Export and Re export Licensee agrees not to export directly or indirectly the Software or related technical d
234. orward BootP messages only DHCP messages only or both The default is both Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip dhcp relay info dhcp relay broadcast min sec both mode disable disable max hop 4 0 Figure 6 25 Output for the config vlan ip dhcp relay info Command 6 20 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show vlan info dhcp This command uses the syntax show vlan info dhcp vid and displays the DHCP parameters for all VLANs or for the specified VLAN Figure 6 26 The interface index IF Index is assigned as the VLAN is created Numbers 1 to 256 are ports numbers above 257 are VLANs Accelar 105X show vlan info dhcp Vlan Dhcp VLAN IF AX MIN ALWAYS ID INDEX ENABLE HOP SEC MODE BCAST 1 257 false 4 0 both false 2 258 false 4 0 both false 3 259 false 4 0 both false 4 260 false 4 0 both false 5 261 false 4 0 both false 6 262 false 4 0 both false 7 263 false 4 0 both false Figure 6 26 Output for the show vian info dhcp Command UDP Commands Some network applications such as the NetBIOS name service rely on a User Data Protocol UDP broadcast to request a service or to locate a service By default broadcasts are not forwarded by a router UDP broadcast forwarding is a generalized mechanism for the router to selectively forward UDP broadcasts The basic procedure for setting up UDP broadcast forwarding is e Use the config ip udpfwd
235. ory Command To reenter the show port info command you could retype the command then press Enter Alternatively you could enter 0 Login Exit Logout Quit Commands The exit quit and logout commands are used to close the CLI session or to change the access level The ogin command logs you into the system Note If you make configuration changes during the CLI session make sure you save them in the configuration file To save changes made in the Run Time CLI see page 3 19 Ping and PingIPX Commands The Run Time CLI ping command tests the network connection to another networking device The command sends an Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP packet from the routing switch to the target device If the device receives the packet it sends a ping reply When the switch receives the reply it displays a message indicating that the specified IP address is alive If no reply is received a message indicates that the address is not responding The syntax for the ping command is ping lt ipaddr gt lt datasize gt lt count gt s I lt value gt t lt value gt d where e lt ipaddr gt is the IP address of the other networking device e datasize is the size of the ping data 16 to 4076 e count is any integer value equal to or greater than 1 from 1 to 9999 The default is 1 3 16 202086 B Run Time CLI Description e s is a continuous ping at the interval rate e I
236. osak vete cocta inensis 7 16 show ip DONE ospi BOUNCE Iola ssc usnrersnndeieernnterenaian ee 7 16 show ip policy ospf announce match network esses 7716 Show policy np accept TIO couuscaessscas epu dod iai dc iaek pu ada pni d idit pus ed dadas dde 7 17 show p policy THO accept Isis 2 ciudseceipuure dio ebccdiuteke otixiE Laer D ME einai du E 7 17 show ip policy rip accept match network seen 7718 show p DONC ip armounc IO T 7 18 show p policy np announce BEES wicessccnncessassienessisineessencuenstamneeestndinuccssniiius 7 18 show ip policy rip announce match network sees 18 ld c t EU 7 19 CTT ip TOE Comman TO C E LET 7 19 CORT ip Thane Her COM MAR MAS rH 7 20 config ip traffic filler create Commands tenente 7 20 config ip traffic filter filler Commands P ON config ip traffic hiter filter action Command i i ceci neam 7 22 config ip traffic filter filter match Commands ssssssssseeeees 7 23 contig ip traffic filter global set Commands sese 7 24 Contig ip iraffic filter sel COMMAS Leere rrr ern an on dde 7 25 config ethernet ip traffic filter Commands sess 7 26 show p frafic Aer Com Yel dg aiias esas vano censeas dst patus star E aiina 7 26 show P TRG E NVE p ETT 7 26 show p HAHICTING dostmalioh seiiserreriirerniieniersiid penine eenei innii 7 27 show EE I
237. ow ports info I3 igmp lt ports gt show ports info interface lt ports gt show ports info ip lt ports gt show ports info ospf lt ports gt show ports info rip lt ports gt show ports info stg main lt ports gt show ports info stg extended lt ports gt show ports info vlans lt ports gt show ports info vrrp main lt ports gt show ports info vrrp extended lt ports gt page 5 6 show ports stats bridging lt ports gt show ports stats dhcp lt ports gt show ports stats interface main lt ports gt show ports stats interface extended lt ports gt show ports stats ospf main lt ports gt show ports stats ospf extended lt ports gt show ports stats routing lt ports gt show ports stats stg lt ports gt show ports stats vrrp lt ports gt page 5 7 show rmon page 4 12 show stg info config lt sid gt show stg info status lt sid gt page 5 17 show sys access policy info lt polname gt show sys community show sys info show sys perf show sys sw show sys syslog general info show sys syslog host id info page 4 15 page 4 21 202086 B A 23 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No show tech page 4 4 show test artable page 3 23 show test fabric show test loopback lt ports gt show trace file tail page 3 25 show trace
238. ow rip command 7 26 show sys commands 4 21 show tech command 4 4 show test commands 3 23 show web server command 4 27 Silicon Switch Fabric See SSF skip boot options 2 6 spanning tree group See STG squeeze command 1 17 2 7 3 19 SSF 1 4 standby SSF module accessing 3 21 station requirements Boot Monitor CLI 2 2 Run Time CLI 3 1 STG commands configure 5 15 show 5 20 syntax command 3 3 3 10 sys set action commands 4 16 sys set commands 4 18 sys set flags commands 4 17 syslog commands configure 4 23 show 4 25 system commands 4 12 system flash memory 1 8 1 11 T technical publications XXX Technical Solutions Centers xxxii telnet command 3 19 test commands Boot Monitor CLI 2 6 Run Time CLI 3 22 show 3 23 tests command 2 6 text conventions XXxviii TFTP 1 12 tftp command 2 6 Index 6 toplevel command 3 10 trace commands 2 8 3 24 trace log 1 10 traceroute command 3 18 traffic filter commands port 7 26 show 7 26 Type of Service 6 5 U UDP commands configure 6 22 show 6 23 UNIX 4 23 User Data Protocol See UDP V virtual MAC address B 5 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol See VRRP VLAN ARP commands configure 6 14 show 6 15 VLAN commands config 5 21 configure 5 22 configure forwarding database 5 26 configure IGMP snoop 5 29 show 5 24 show forwarding database 5 28 show IGMP snoop 5 32 VLAN DHCP commands configure 6 20 show 6 21
239. owfrom info config vlan vid fdb filter notallowfrom remove mac port lt value gt config vlan vid fdb filter remove mac config vlan vid fdb static add mac port lt value gt config vlan vid fdb static info config vlan vid fdb static remove mac config vlan vid highpriority lt true false gt page 5 22 config vlan vid igmp snoop access list lt GroupAddress gt create lt HostAddress gt page 5 29 lt HostMask gt lt denyRX denyTX denyBoth gt config vlan vid igmp snoop access list lt GroupAddress gt delete lt HostAddress gt lt HostMask gt config vlan vid igmp snoop access list lt GroupAddress gt info config vlan vid igmp snoop access list lt GroupAddress gt mode lt HostAddress gt lt HostMask gt lt denyRX denyTX denyBoth gt config vlan vid igmp snoop info config vlan lt vid gt igmp snoop mrouter lt ports gt config vlan lt vid gt igmp snoop query interval lt seconds gt config vlan lt vid gt igmp snoop report proxy lt enable disable gt config vlan lt vid gt igmp snoop robust value lt integer gt config vlan vid igmp snoop sender flush Group IP Address lt Host IP Address gt config vlan vid igmp snoop sender info config vlan vid igmp snoop state lt enable disable gt config vlan vid igmp snoop static members lt GroupAddress gt add ports lt static blocked gt config vlan vid igmp snoop static members lt Gro
240. p accept These commands allow you to configure the RIP accept policy where pid is the RIP accept policy ID 4001 to 5000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip policy rip accept pid followed by info Displays the settings for the RIP accept policy Figure 7 6 action accept lignore Selects whether the RIP policy action will be to accept or ignore matches apply mask lt ipmask gt Sets an IP subnet mask for the RIP accept policy where lt ipmask gt is the apply mask fas DC dF create Creates a RIP accept policy delete Deletes a RIP accept policy 202086 B 7 9 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip policy rip accept lt pid gt followed by disable enable inject net list lt netlist id name string precedence precedence range net list netlist id rip gateway list addrlist id rip interface list listid Disables a RIP accept policy Enables a RIP accept policy Sets a RIP accept policy that will insert networks into the routing table that differ from the actual advertised network The inject net list ID range is 0 to 1000 Assigns a RIP accept policy name Sets the precedence for the OSPF accept policy The range is 0 to 65535 If multiple policies apply the higher precedence is used Sets the RIP accept policy to match any network number that falls into the indicated range The netlist i
241. pback This command displays the results of the latest loopback test for the switch or for the specified port s in the format show test loopback lt ports gt Figure 3 12 is a sample output for port 3 1 Accelar 1100 show test loopback 3 1 Currently no test is running Last test results Port 3 1 IfIndex 48 Result none PassCount 0 FailCount 0 Figure 3 12 Output for the show test loopback Command Trace Commands The trace commands allow you to observe the status of the switch at a given time Note Using the trace command will slow the performance of the switch The following trace commands are available trace followed by info tail clear level lt modid gt lt level gt Shows the trace message file The tail option allows you to view the log from the back first Clears tracing on a module Sets the trace level on a module for the specified module ID Use Help to see a list of ID numbers The level is one of the following values 0 Disabled e 1 Very terse 2 Terse 3 Verbose 4 Very verbose 3 24 202086 B Run Time CLI Description trace followed by off Disables tracing on a module screen lt setting gt Sets the trace display to screen on or off show trace Commands These commands display trace information for the switch show trace file This command displays the trace message file when tracing is on using the format
242. pected packet loss of a network The range is 2 to 255 with a default of 2 Increase the value if you expect the network to be lossy Sets the version 1 or 2 of IGMP that is running on the interface For IGMP to function correctly all routers on a LAN must use the same version The default is IGMPv1 for A modules and IGMPv2 for B modules 202086 B 6 69 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip I3 igmp Commands These commands display information about IGMP on the switch show ip I3 igmp cache This command displays information about the layer 3 IGMP cache Figure 6 78 is a sample output Accelar 1250 show ip 13 igmp cache Igmp Cache GRPADDR INTERFACE LASTREPORTER EXPIRATION V1HOSTTIMER 239 255 15 197 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 172 125 239 255 160 171 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 172 125 239 255 162 227 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 174 125 239 255 178 111 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 172 125 239 255 184 179 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 176 125 239 255 207 31 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 176 125 239 255 208 57 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 178 125 239 255 209 1 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 178 125 239 255 214 171 Vlan20 192 168 230 172 174 125 Figure 6 78 Output for the show ip I3 igmp cache Command show ip I3 igmp group This command displays information for the layer 3 IGMP group Figure 6 79 is a sample output 6 70 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features
243. permanently erases a device preparing the device for use usage format lt device gt device flash pcmcia You should run format on any new PCMCIA card to ensure that it is prepared for use by the Accelar 1000 Series file system Directory The directory command displays the contents of flash or PCMCIA usage directory lt device gt 1 device flash pcmcia l display file details 202086 B 1 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface When the directory command is invoked with no arguments it displays the contents of all flash devices When a device is specified directory displays only the contents of that device Information included in the directory output includes the file number FN file name Name file size Length and file flags Flags Flags display information about the file type and whether it is compressed or marked for deletion Table 1 3 lists the directory flags Table 1 3 Accelar Directory Flags Flag Description C Configuration file X Executable file Z Compressed file gzip format D Marked for deletion L Log file N Directory entry in named format T Trace file S Script file an ASCII configuration file In Figure 1 1 files 1 and 2 are compressed executable files in version 2 x x named format File 3 is a log file file 4 is a configuration file and file 5 is a trace file that has been marked for deletion as indicated by the D
244. pid gt delete config sys access policy policy lt pid gt disable config sys access policy policy lt pid gt enable config sys access policy policy lt pid gt host lt ipaddr gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt info config sys access policy policy lt pid gt mode lt mode gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt name lt name gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt network lt addr mask gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt precedence lt precedence gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt service http lt enable disable gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt service info config sys access policy policy lt pid gt service rlogin lt enable disable gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt service snmp lt enable disable gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt service telnet lt enable disable gt config sys access policy policy lt pid gt username lt string gt config sys info page 4 12 config sys set action checkswinflash page 4 16 config sys set action checkswinpcmcia config sys set action cpuswitchover config sys set action getstandbycpuinfo config sys set action info config sys set action resetconsole config sys set action resetcounters config sys set action resetmodem config sys set action savetostandbynvram onfig sys set boot lt primary secondary tertiary gt lt choice gt page 4 18 config sys set config lt choice gt config sys set contac
245. policy ospf accept match network value The format is the same as the command for a RIP accept policy displayed in Figure 7 18 on page 7 18 202086 B 7 15 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip policy ospf announce info This command displays information about the OSFP announce policies configured on the switch in the format show ip policy ospf announce info id value Ifno ID is entered the display provides information for all OSPF announce policies on the switch Figure 7 14 If a policy ID is entered the display lists information for only that policy Accelar 1100 show ip policy ospf announce info Policy Ospf Announce Info PID NAME ENABLE PREC RTSRC ACTION TYPE MTRC 2001 POLICY 2001 true 0 any ignore type2 0 Figure 7 14 Output for the show ip policy ospf announce info Command show ip policy ospf announce lists This command displays list characteristics of the OSPF announce policies configured on the switch or for a specified policy ID Figure 7 15 The syntax is show ip policy ospf announce lists id lt value gt Accelar 1100 show ip policy ospf announce lists Policy Ospf Announce List POLICY ID EXACTNETLIST RANGENETLIST ADVERNETLIST RIPGATELIST RIPINTERLIST 2001 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 7 15 Output for the show ip policy ospf announce lists Command show ip policy ospf announce match network T
246. put for the config ip traffic filter filter action info Command 7 23 Output for the config ip traffic filter filter match info Command 7 24 PR for the gong P iaun ineo set info Command 7 25 Output for the show ip traffic filter destination Gommon 7 27 Output for the show ip traffic filter enabled Command 7 28 Partial Output for the show ip traffic filter global Command 7 29 Output for the show ip traffic filter info global set Command 7 29 Partial Output for the show ip traffic filter info list Command 7 30 Output for the show ip traffic filter interface Command 7 30 Output for the show ip traffic filter log interval Command 7 31 Output for the show ip traffic filter source Command 7 31 Output for the monitor mit stats interface utilization Command 8 2 Output for the monitor ports stats interface utilization Command 8 3 orc cc 1200 SUNS T B 1 Aocelar T100 SIOS emt TREE B 2 xxiii XXIV 202086 B Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 2 1 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 8 1 Table A 1 Table B 1 202086 B Tables Boot Monitor Parameter acucssrenaddenttrperiuir e pb natfe FR RH dE ERA DEREN 1 5 Accelar File System Commands
247. put for the show ports info dhcp Command show ports stats dhcp This command displays DHCP statistics for the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats dhcp lt ports gt Figure 6 24 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports stats dhcp Port Stats Dhcp PORT NUM NUMREQUEST NUMREPLY 1 1 0 0 3 1 0 0 3 2 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 4 0 0 3 5 0 0 Figure 6 24 Output for the show ports stats dhcp Command 202086 B 6 19 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan ip dhcp relay Commands These commands configure DHCP routing on the VLAN The commands require a VLAN ID via from 1 to 4095 and use the following syntax and parameters config vlan lt vid gt ip dhcp relay followed by info broadcast lt enable disable enable max hop max hop min sec min sec mode mode disable Displays DHCP characteristics on the VLAN Figure 6 25 Sets whether or not the server reply is sent as a broadcast back to the end station Disables DHCP relaying on the VLAN This is the default state Enables DHCP relaying on the VLAN Sets the maximum number of hops before the BootP DHCP packet is dropped 1 to 16 Sets the minimum seconds count for DHCP If the secs field in the packet header is greater than this value the switch forwards the packet otherwise it is dropped 0 to 65535 Sets DHCP mode to f
248. r multicast group memberships to neighbor multicast routers DVMRP multicasting must be enabled globally on the switch for these commands to take effect IGMP configuration is on a per interface basis Some features of layer 3 IGMP commands require B hardware ARU3 config ip I3 igmp Commands These commands are the interface layer 3 IGMP commands for the switch The config ip I3 igmp info command not shown displays information about the current global layer 3 IGMP configuration 6 68 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip I3 igmp interface These commands configure the interface IP address lt ipaddr gt and use the following syntax and parameters config ip 13 igmp interface lt ipaddr gt followed by info last memb query int seconds query interval seconds query max resp integer robustval integer version integer Displays the settings of the IGMP interface Sets the length of time in seconds an entry will remain in the multicast table before timeout The range is 1 to 255 with a default value of 1 Sets the frequency in seconds at which host query packets are transmitted on the interface The range is 1 to 65535 with a default of 125 Sets the maximum response time in seconds advertised in IGMPv2 queries on the interface Smaller values allow a router to prune groups faster The range is 1 to 255 with a default of 10 Allows tuning for the ex
249. r the show ip traffic filter global Command show ip traffic filter info global set This command displays information about the specified global filter list or all global filter lists on the switch using the syntax show ip traffic filter info global set lt id gt Figure 7 29 is a display for list ID 1 Accelar 1200 show ip traffic filter info global set 1 Ip Traffic filter Global List ID NAME LIST SIZE FILTER ID LIST ly Admin One 2 3 4 Figure 7 29 Output for the show ip traffic filter info global set Command 202086 B 7 29 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip traffic filter info list This command displays traffic filter information for the specified list or for all lists using the syntax show ip traffic filter info list lt id gt Figure 7 30 is a partial display showing all lists Accelar 1200 show ip traffic filter info set Ip Traffic filter Base List ID NAME LIST_SIZE FILTER_ID_LIST 301 Server One 2 3 4 Figure 7 30 Partial Output for the show ip traffic filter info list Command show ip traffic filter interface This command displays information about the traffic filter interface for the switch or for specified ports using the syntax show ip traffic filter interface ports Figure 7 31 is a sample display for port 2 1 Accelar 12004 show ip traffic filter interface 2 1 Ip Traffic filter Inte
250. re 4 24 Output for the show sys syslog general info Command The show sys syslog host info command displays system log information for the indicated host using the syntax show sys syslog host lt id gt info Figure 4 25 is a sample display 202086 B 4 25 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 show sys syslog host 1 info Lae f IpAddr 134 177 75 226 UdpPort 514 Facility local7 Severity info warning error mfg fatal MapInfoSeverity info MapWarningSeverity warning MapErrorSeverity error MapMfgSeverity notice MapFatalSeverity emergency Enable true Figure 4 25 Output for the show sys syslog host Command Web Server Commands The Web Server commands control the Accelar Web interface config web server Commands The config web server commands allow you to enable disable and set passwords for the Accelar Web interface The commands use the following syntax and parameters config web server followed by info Indicates if Web access is enabled or disabled on the switch disable Turns off the Accelar Web interface enable Turns on the Accelar Web interface set info Displays the current Web user name and password setting Figure 4 26 set password Sets Web passwords where ro rw rwa e username is the users login name username e lt passwd gt is the password associated with the login name lt passwd gt 4 26 202086 B Con
251. reates a UDP port forwarding list 1 to 1000 Deletes a port forward list ID Displays the current configuration for the port forward list ID Assigns a name to the UDP port forwarding list Removes a protocol port forwarding entry and IP address from the list 6 22 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip udpfwd interface Commands The UDP forwarding interface commands require an IP address and use the following syntax and parameters config ip udpfwd interface lt ipaddr gt followed by info Displays the current configuration of the UDP interface create lt fwdlistid gt Assigns a forwarding list ID to an interface IP address delete Removes the forwarding list from the IP address maxttl lt maxttl gt Sets maximum time to live for the UDP broadcast forwarded by the interface udpportfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt Changes the port forwarding list show ip udpfwd Commands These commands display information about the UDP forwarding characteristics of the switch show ip udpfwd interface info This command displays information about the UDP interface for the switch or a specified IP address using the syntax show ip udpfwd interface info lt ipaddr gt Figure 6 27 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ip udpfwd interface info Udp Broadcast Interface Forwarding Tbl INTF_ADDR FWD MAXTTL RXPKTS FWDPKTS DRPTTLEX DRPDEST DRP UNKNOWN LISTID
252. red after a squeeze Recover The recover command is used to unmark all files on the device already marked for deletion usage recover lt device gt device flash pcmcia 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar Access Levels and Passwords The Accelar 1000 Series devices employ a security scheme with five levels of management access The five levels of security access are e Read Only e Layer 2 Read Write e Layer 3 Read Write e Read Write e Read Write All Read Only Access Read Only access allows the manager to view the device settings but changes are not allowed Layer 2 Read Write Access Layer 2 L2 Read Write access allows the manager to view and edit device settings dealing with layer 2 bridging functionality The layer 3 settings such as OSPF DHCP are not accessible The only layer 2 device settings that cannot be changed with Read Write access are the security and password settings Layer 3 Read Write Access Layer 3 L3 Read Write access allows the manager to view and edit device settings dealing with layer 2 bridging and layer 3 routing functionality The only layer 2 or layer 3 device settings that cannot be changed with Read Write access are the security and password settings Read Write Access Read Write access allows the manager to view and edit most device settings The only device settings that cannot be changed with Read Write access are the
253. rfac IfIndex 32 FilterListSize 1 FilterList 301 Enable true DefaultAction forward Figure 7 31 Output for the show ip traffic filter interface Command 7 30 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters show ip traffic filter log interval This command displays the logging interval for the traffic filter as shown in Figure 7 32 Accelar 105X show ip traffic filter log interval Log Interval 5 Figure 7 32 Output for the show ip traffic filter log interval Command show ip traffic filter source This command displays information about the filter source for the specified filter or for all filters using the syntax show ip traffic filter source lt fid gt Figure 7 33 is a display for filter ID 6 Accelar 1200 show ip traffic filter source Ip Traffic filter Source Filters ID NAME TYPE SRC OPTION DST OPTION PROTOCOL MIRROR 2 src 2 source equal equal ignore false DST_ADDR DST_MAS DSTPT SRC_ADDR SRC_MASK SRCPT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 20 0 255 255 255 0 0 PRIORITY TCPCONNECT IEEE VLAN PRO USEPKTLIMIT PKTLIMIT TOSRULE MODE false false 0 false 0 none useDefaultAction Figure 7 33 Output for the show ip traffic filter source Command show ip traffic filter stats This command displays the filter ID and counter information for all filters or the specified filter ID using the syntax show ip traffic filter stats fid 202086 B
254. rface show ipx route This command displays information about the IPX route s on the switch or a specific IPX route including the type hop count and ticks The command syntax iS show ipx route IPX network number lt IPX network number gt Figure 6 93 is a sample output Accelar 1100 show ipx route Ipx Route IPX NET NEXT HOP TYPE HOPS TICS PORT TTL abcd0033 abcd0033 00 60 16 01 20 82 abcd3333 abcd3333 00 e0 16 01 20 83 2 out of 2 routes displayed Figure 6 93 show ipx sap Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Output for the show ipx route Command This command displays information about IPX SAP on the switch for all SAP services or a specified service using the syntax show ipx sap lt service name gt Accelar 1200 show ipx sap Figure 6 94 is a sample display Ipx Sap SERVICE TYPE IPX HOST SOCKET NAME Dynamic 0004 357d72 7 00 00 00 00 00 01 0451 FTL_NS1 Dynamic 026b 357d72 7 00 00 00 00 00 01 0005 BAYNET a xf 5 xc4 xa00 D x85PT WORKS x9 Dynamic 0278 357d72 7 00 00 00 00 00 01 4006 BAYNET a xf 5 xc4 xa00 D x85PT 3 out of 3 routes displayed Figure 6 94 Output for the show ipx sap Command WORKS x9 6 86 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features show ipx stats This command displays IPX statistics for the specified IPX network number using the syntax show ipx stat
255. ring Sets the OSPF authentication type for the OSPF area none simple password or MD5 authentication If simple all OSPF updates received by the interface must contain the authentication key specified by the area authentication key command If MD5 they must contain the md5 key 202086 B 6 39 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip ospf area area virtual interface lt nbr gt followed by dead interval seconds delete message digest key md5 key id hello interval seconds add message digest key md5 key id md5 key value retransmit interval seconds transit delay seconds Sets the dead interval for the virtual interface the number of seconds that a router s hello packets have not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down 1to 214783647 This value must be at least four times the hello interval value The default is 60 Deletes the specified md5 key ID from the configured md5 keys Sets the hello interval for the virtual interface the length of time in seconds between the hello packets that the router sends on the interface 1 to 65535 The default is 10 Adds an md5 key to the interface At most two md5 keys can be configured to an interface Multiple md5 key configurations are used for md5 transitions without bringing down an interface Sets the retransmit interval for the virtual interface the number of
256. rlogin to this switch show sys access policy info Command This command displays information about the specified access policy or all access policies on the switch In Figure 4 14 the policy created in the example above is displayed The command syntax is show sys access policy info lt polname gt 202086 B 4 15 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 show sys access policy info policy2 AccessPolicyEnable on Id 2 Name policy2 PolicyEnable true Mode deny Service http snmp rlogin Precedence 10 NetAddr 0 0 0 0 NetMask 0 0 0 0 TrustedHostAddr 10 125 200 35 TrustedHostUserName none AccessLevel readWrite Usage 0 Figure 4 14 Output for the show sys access policy info Command config sys set action Commands These commands set system action using the following parameters config sys set action followed by info Displays the current settings Figure 4 15 checkswinflash Runs checksum on the software version stored on the flash module checkswinpcmcia Runs checksum on the software version stored on the PCMCIA card cpuswitchover Resets the switch to switch over to the backup CPU getstandbycpuinfo resetconsole resetcounters resetmodem savetostandbynvra Gets information about the standby CPU card the redundant SSF module in an Accelar 1200 1250 switch Reinitializes the hardware UART drivers Use only if the console or mode
257. rnet errors sent and received by the specified MLT or all MLTs using the syntax show mlt error main lt mid gt IMac refers to internal MAC address errors Accelar 11004 show mlt error main Mlt Ethernet Error MLT ALIGN FCS IMAC IMAC CARRIER FRAMES SQETEST DEFER ID ERROR ERROR IRNSMIT RECEIVE SENSE TOOLONG ERROR TRNSMSS 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 15 Output for the show mit error main Command 202086 B 5 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show mlt info This command uses the format show mlt info mid to display the status of Multi Link Trunking for the switch or the specified MLT ID Figure 5 16 Accelar 1100 show mlt info Milt Info PORT PORT VLAN IFINDEX NAME TYPE MEMBERS IDS 1 test access 3 8 3 10 2 0 Figure 5 16 Output for the show mit info Command show mit stats This command uses the format show mlt stats lt mid gt to display Multi Link Trunking statistics for the switch or the specified MLT ID Figure 5 17 Accelar 1100 show mlt stats Milt Interface MLT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT ID OCTETS OCTETS UNICST UNICST MULTICST MULTICST BROADCST BROADCST 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 17 Output for the show mit stats Command 5 14 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features Spanning Tree Group Commands The spanning tree group commands confi
258. rt in an I O module located in slot 1 is 1 2 Figure B 3 shows port numbering in modules On all I O modules ports are numbered from left to right ig iS 19 1o e 8 EXE 28 Maa 40 40 40 40 l l T T Ports 1 4 Ports 5 8 Ports 9 12 Ports 13 16 PSISTS Ree Han Han On the 1 gigabit or 2 gigabit I O modules one port in the pair is redundant 7824EA Figure B 3 Port Numbering on I O Modules In the Accelar 1050 1051 switch the 10 100 Mb s ports are seen as being in slot 3 and the Gigabit port is considered to be in slot 1 with 1R as the redundant port in an Accelar 1051 switch Figure B 4 illustrates slot and port numbering in an Accelar 1051 switch B 2 202086 B Port Numbering and MAC Address Assignment Bay Networks Comm Port 1A Accelar 1051 31 3 2 33 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 Pd N OQN fo 1R i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 gy 10008455 Sk Rx 1000BASE SX SSE PESE CET ele BISIS De e D D TX RX TX RX 020x020 KI 0s 0v0n0 U 8501EA Figure B 4 Slot and Port Numbering on the Accelar 1050 1051 Switch Use the slot and module examp
259. rt ip WTB Camimsmds iusserit rn Ye in 6 52 show pari Vto Commands qr ccr show poris INNS VAP ITAN A 6 54 show poris info vrip elende is cinkciisdaciniteassiinnesedatininensstitvesnssatinneesddkindcacanins 6 54 Snow BOHS S5 VIIP ainnean aaa eee conlo van ibo COMMAS seii a LRA 6 55 show vian Vrp COMES encisar a i a 6 56 show vian moO Vp MA dis casscnitessiasimectsiciiemnenits nanara A aaie 6 56 show van MO WEF GIGI raora a etin ena reed t a ua n ca a RR 6 56 show ip vrrp Commands EAEE ise ud Mappe e cU iad uso E be M OIM P ete a Oo TA BOUT A VID INO M 6 57 UIE IO n RUE 6 58 202086 B xiii IF Mulicast Comi HOS uo oe oss ride see ra e open aie Re iet a rao du e tae el Etpa d oes 6 58 onig io mro COE DEI esaidceccaa esed cea eb ebqpuebePc bid eset R UM iA KA pH La REN MR AAE 6 58 SHOW een gespuny i fe 6 59 BDD ID Prote IHIOUIBEBI i r pias sea apo nate ea praua EIT 6 59 BOOM D SEL NETNOD 35 pepe sieut eR PASPEPPH USUEPEPH ISUPMEEN TESI EPOR XU PUP PE UNDER nU Oso pK ee pho HO TIOU FOUND assises resi a dic bark qui ad apud diit tuc da da ed Gd 6 60 show parts stats routing Command 1er ceci e cedar smkuik Los snaD n eiia 6 61 ON NRPF CONME eer PIC CORTE NO CVI COMIMGNGS sernassa RAE 6 61 CSUN AEN OID Map m 6 62 coniig ip dvtp Uc M RR show P Orp COMTANS US 6 63 is TOVN WI P MEM 6 63 BOW P CUO WTOC RR 6 64 show P GUND DENDO ics editas inae na e
260. rtain commands are used for navigation through the CLI e back or takes you back up one level e box Or toplevel takes you to the box or top level e pwc displays the current working level 8 4 202086 B Run Time CLI Description Parameter values in the CLI are indicated by angle brackets lt gt Parameters can be optional or required Required parameters must be in the specified order followed by optional parameters Optional parameters are displayed in brackets When entering multiple CLI commands you can terminate a command within a single line of input by using the semicolon as the separator A semicolon is treated like a carriage return by the CLI Getting Help When navigating through the Run Time CLI you have online Help available at all levels You can access Help at any time in the CLI by typing or the word help anywhere in or on the command line Refer to Help Command on page 3 13 for more information about the specific types of online Help Port Numbers and IP Addresses Many of the run time CLI commands accept port numbers or IP addresses as arguments The syntax for specifying port numbers and IP addresses is the same for all these commands Specifying Port Numbers Each port number has two components a slot number and a position number The slot number identifies the chassis slot containing the I O module that the port is on The position number identifies the position of the port
261. rts gt and displays the number and type of Ethernet collision errors for the specified port or all ports Figure 5 2 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports error collision Port Ethernet Collision Error PORT COLLISIONS NUM SINGLE MULTIPLE LATE EXCESSIVE 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 3 2 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 4 0 0 0 0 3 5 0 0 0 0 3 6 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 2 Output for the show ports error collision Command 5 4 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features show ports error main This command displays information about the number of different types of Ethernet errors for the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports error main lt ports gt Figure 5 3 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports error main Port Ethernet Error PORT ERROR ERROR FRAMES TOO LINK CARRIER CARRIER SQETEST NUM ALIGN FCS LONG SHORT FAILURE SENSE ERRORS ERRORS OO OO O OQ OO One oOOoOoooocooooco QC OOO Or OO Qc OO TOT OO 0O 0O00 o0oo0o0o0o0o000O0O O D OQO OQO OOD OO QO O O OO O GOO GOGO ODO oOoOcococoocoocc Figure 5 3 Output for the show ports error main Command show ports error extended This command displays extended information about Ethernet errors for the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports error extended lt ports gt Figure 5 4 is a sample display
262. rts gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt adver int lt seconds gt config ethernet ports ip vrrp lt vrid gt critical ip lt ipaddr gt config ethernet ports ip vrrp lt vrid gt delete config ethernet ports ip vrrp vrid disable config ethernet ports ip vrrp lt vrid gt enable config ethernet lt ports gt ip vrrp lt vrid gt info config ethernet ports ip vrrp lt vrid gt priority prio config ethernet ports lock lt true false gt page 5 1 config ethernet ports preferred phy lt left right gt config ethernet ports speed 10 100 config ethernet ports state lt enable disable test gt config ethernet ports stg sid faststart lt enable disable gt page 5 16 config ethernet ports stg sid info config ethernet ports stg sid pathcost lt intval gt config ethernet ports stg sid priority lt intval gt config ethernet ports stg sid stp lt enable disable gt config ethernet ports tagged frames discard lt enable disable gt page 5 1 config ethernet lt ports gt perform tagging lt enable disable gt config ethernet lt ports gt unknown mac discard lt enable disable gt config ethernet lt ports gt untagged frames discard lt enable disable gt config info page 4 12 A 4 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ip arp add ports lt value gt ip lt value gt mac lt valu
263. ry secondar y tertiary gt lt choice gt config lt choice gt contact lt contact gt eoc mode lt eocmode gt location lt location gt Sets the switch configuration choice to be none flash pcmcia net skip nvram config filename Sets the contact for the switch ASCII string Sets enforce operational configuration eoc mode default aru1quid4 aru 2quid4 aru3quid5 By default the switch operates in the mode of the lowest version ASIC present in any module If you replace a module with a lower version the entire switch will operate with the functionality of the lower version This command allows you to lock in a mode of operation Then if a lower version module is inserted error messages will indicate that the module is not operable See Note below Sets the location for the switch ASCII string 4 18 202086 B Configuring Switch Management config sys set followed by name lt prompt gt portlock lt on off gt sendtrap lt true false gt snmp community ro rw 12 13 rwa lt commstr gt snmp trap recv lt ipaddr gt lt vl v2c gt lt commstr gt topology lt on off gt snmp info Sets the box or root level prompt name for the switch ASCII string Turns the port locking on or off Sets whether or not to send authentication failure traps Sets the SNMP community string for the selected community rois Read Only rwis Read Write 12islayer 2 Read
264. s IPX network number Figure 6 95 is a sample output Accelar 1200 show ipx stats CIRCUIT_ID NETNUM RIP_TX RIP_RX SAP_TX SAP_RX Total 0 0 0 0 Bad checksum Received packet Too many hops Header error Unknown scoket Input discard Forward packet Output request Output no route Malformed request Output discard Output packet Resource failure Bad rip Bad sap Ooo ooo OO odo CO CO CO OC Oo Figure 6 95 Output for the show ipx stats Command 202086 B 6 87 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show vlan info ipx This command displays VLAN IPX information for the specified VLAN or all VLANs on the switch The syntax is show vlan info ipx lt vid gt Figure 6 96 is a sample display Accelar 1200 show vlan info ipx Vlan Ipx VLAN ID VLAN TYPE IPXNET ENCAPSULATION ROUTING 2 byPort Oxabcd0003 RAW ENABLED 3 byPort 0x00001111 ETHERNET II ENABLED 4 byPort 0x00002222 SNAP ENABLED Figure 6 96 Output for the show vlan info Command 6 88 202086 B Chapter 7 Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters This chapter describes the CLI commands used to configure IP flows policies and filters The following major sections are included e IP Flow this page P Policies page 7 3 e IP Filters page 7 19 IP Flow Commands The config IP flow commands are used to set priority You can use IP flows to id
265. s emergency alert critical lerror warning notice info debug Specifies the syslog severity to use for Accelar Error messages emergency alert critical error warning notice info debug Specifies the syslog severity to use for Accelar Fatal messages emergency alert critical error warning notice info debug Specifies the severity levels for which syslog messages should be sent for the specified modules where severity is the severity for which syslog messages will be sent Specifies the UDP port number on which to send syslog messages to the syslog host where udp port is the UNIX system syslog host port number 514 to 530 Specifies the maximum number of syslog hosts supported Enables or disables sending syslog messages on the switch 202086 B Configuring Switch Management Accelar 1100 config sys syslog info max host 5 state enable Figure 4 23 Output for the config sys syslog info Command show sys syslog Commands Two show commands display information about the syslog feature as set up on the switch e show sys syslog general info show sys syslog host info The show sys syslog general info command displays general information about the system log Figure 4 24 Accelar 1100 show sys syslog general info Enable Erue Max Hosts 5 OperState empty host table Total number of configured hosts 0 Total number of enabled hosts 0 Configured host Enabled host Figu
266. s gt delete message digest key md5 key id hello interval seconds Displays OSPF characteristics for the interface Sets the state enabled or disabled of the OSPF interface Sets the OSPF interface area Use dotted decimal notation to specify the area name Note that the area name is not related to an IP address You can use any value for the OSPF area name for example 1 1 1 1 or 200 200 200 200 Sets the authentication key for the OSPF interface Specify the key in up to eight characters string type Sets the OSPF authentication type for the interface none simple password or MD5 authentication If simple all OSPF updates received by the interface must contain the authentication key specified by the interface authentication key command If MD5 they must contain the md5 key Sets the OSPF dead interval for the interface the number of seconds the routing switch s OSPF neighbors should wait before assuming that this OSPF router is down The range is from 1 to 2147483647 This value must be at least four times the hello interval value The default is 40 Deletes the specified md5 key ID from the configured md5 keys Sets the OSPF hello interval for the interface the number of seconds between hello packets sent on this interface The range is 1 to 65535 The default is 10 6 36 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ip ospf interface lt ipaddr gt followed by
267. s sample output for file and device management commands Accelar 1100 dir Device flash FN Name Flags Length XZN 994730 202086 B 3 19 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface syslog acc2 x y accboot2 x x accbootx x z config2xx Now W DN 6 files bytes used LN XZN XZN XZN CN 131072 1264023 87345 87884 60080 2818048 free 1376256 Accelar 1200 copy flash acc2 x x pcmcia newfile programming Accelar11004 dir Device flash FN Name 1 acc2 x 2 syslog 2 files Device pcmcia FN Name 2 files Accelar 1100 File flash acc 2 x deleted Accelar 1100 squeeze flash recovering deleted file space Accelar 1100 dir Device flash FN Name 1 syslog 1 files Device pcmcia FN Name 2 files Figure 3 9 delete flash acc2 bytes used X X Success bytes used pomcia newfile as files 2 994730 bytes 994730 130896 1114112 free 3080192 Length 994730 994730 2097152 free 2097152 Length 131072 free 4063232 Length 994730 994730 2097152 free 2097152 Output for Some File and Device Management Commands 3 20 202086 B Run Time CLI Description Copy Script File to a Running Configuration An extension of the copy command allows the switch to read a script file an ASCII based text file containing CLI commands and execute the commands as though they were typed at a console session It also allows you to copy
268. s set on the switch Accelar 1100 show ip diffserv rule info Ip DiffServ Rule AndMask OrRulel OrRule2 OrRule3 Figure 6 9 DO O O O ethernet ports ip Commands Output for the show ip diffserv rule info Command These commands are the more generic port related IP routing commands Other port commands are included in the section dealing with the protocol or feature for example DHCP 202086 B 6 7 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ethernet ports ip In order for the config ethernet ports ip commands to take effect IP forwarding must be enabled on the switch using the command config ip forwarding enable The port commands require the parameter ports as the port or list of ports on which you are running the command s1ot port slot port These commands take the following syntax and parameters config ethernet ports ip followed by info Displays configured IP characteristics on the port Figure 6 10 create brouter lt ipaddr mask gt Creates a brouter port single port VLAN at tag id the specified IP address and subnet mask with the specified tag ID create ipaddr mask Assigns an IP address to a port Assigning an IP address to a port creates an isolated routing port removing it from any existing VLAN delete ipaddr Deletes an IP address from an isolated routing port Accelar 1100 config ethernet 3
269. seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions 1 to 3600 Sets the transmit delay for the virtual interface the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update over the interface 1 to 3600 Note Both sides of the OSPF connection must use the same authentication type and key show ip ospf Commands These commands are used to display the switch OSPF parameters show ip ospf area This command displays the OSPF area parameters Figure 6 39 6 40 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 1100 show ip ospf area Ospf Area AREA_ID STUB AREA NSSA IMPORT SUM ACTIVE IFCNT 0 0 0 0 false false 0 mE m STUB COST SPF RUNS BDR RTR CNT ASBDR RTR CNT LSA CNT LSACK SUM 0 0 0 0 0 0 BEEN Figure 6 39 Output for the show ip ospf area Command Accelar 1200 show ip ospf ase show ip ospf ase This command displays the OSPF Autonomous System External ASE link state advertisements using the syntax show ip ospf ase metric type lt value gt Information is displayed for all metric types Figure 6 40 or for the type specified Ospf Ase LSTYPE LINKSTATEID ADV_ROUTER E_METRIC ASE_FWD_ADDR AGE SEQ_NBR CSUM AsExternal 0 0 0 0 34 177 172 2 1 5 0 0 0 0 1069 0x800001f1 0x6ec5 AsExternal 10 123 40 0 0 123 80 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 367 0x800035d8 0xb90a AsExternal 10 123 60 0 0 123 80 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 367 0x80002b8c 0x9372 AsExternal 10 1
270. service Sets the trusted host user name string from the trusted host for the specified policy Applies only to rlogin access Accelar 1100 config sys access policy policy 1 info Figure 4 12 create delete N A accesslevel readWrit policy enable true host 0 0 0 0 mode allow name default network 0 0 0 0 precedence 128 username none Output for the config sys access policy policy Command 4 14 202086 B Configuring Switch Management Accel Accel Accel Accel Accel Accel Accel Accel Accel ar 1100 ar 1100 ar 1100 ar 1100 ar 1100 ar 1100 ar 1100 ar 1100 ar 1100 Figure 4 13 Access Policy Example Figure 4 13 illustrates the procedure of preventing a host from using specific services on an Accelar switch When denying services to a host you must specify which service to enable for that policy PID config sys access policy enable true config sys access policy policy 2 create config sys access policy policy 2 name policy2 config sys access policy policy 2 enable true config sys access policy policy 2 host 10 125 200 35 config sys access policy policy 2 mode deny config sys access policy policy 2 service rlogin enable config sys access policy policy 2 service http enable config sys access policy policy 2 service snmp enable Example of Commands to Deny Access The host 10 125 200 35 will not have access to HTTP SNMP and
271. setting gt Sets the log display on the screen on or off offlon write lt str gt Writes the log file with the designated string where string is the string or command that you append to the log file If the name contains spaces you must enclose it in quotation marks Accelar 1100 config log info clear N A level 0 screen off write N A Figure 4 8 Output for the config log info Command The log file is composed of two halves and each half is an integral number of device sectors default is 1 Each log record is 256 bytes long The logger subsystem writes to the current half When a half fills up it swaps over to the other half clearing it if necessary When the switch boots the log message is displayed flash syslog 0 3 where Flash Is the storage media syslog is the file name on storage media 0 is the zero half 3 is the third entry for the current half In general the log file used when the switch boots will be the last or highest file number log file If the flash file system is full it will try to copy the log file to the PCMCIA card optional Thus you can copy the log file the next time the switch resets it will use the higher file number of the log file 202086 B 4 9 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show log Commands Accelar 1100 2 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 0
272. sh acc2_0_0_ both refer to files in System Flash In the first case it is the third file in System Flash in the latter case it is the file named acc_2_0_0 in System Flash PCMCIA pcmcia Accelar 1200 Series routing switches can use an optional PCMCIA flash memory card PCMCIA cards can be used for general storage for all file types and are a convenient way of moving files between switches because they are portable The PCMCIA card used in the Accelar 1200 and 1250 switches is the XLR1299PC PCMCIA Flash Memory Module It has a capacity of 4 MB of memory with a block size of 128K As with System Flash files stored on PCMCIA are numbered sequentially starting with 1 and can be given file names The file naming convention for PCMCIA files is pemcia lt filename gt or pemcia lt file gt Although System Flash and PCMCIA are primarily used for run time images configuration files and the system log they are also used to store other types of files The following sections describe the various types of files that can be stored in the System Flash and PCMCIA For a given file the file type is reflected in the flags in a directory listing see the Directory command on page 1 13 Executables Executables are images that are executed by the Accelar 1000 Series CPU The two most common executables needed by users are run time images and boot monitor updaters Note that executables are stored in the flash file system in zipped
273. show command is show lt configuration type gt where configuration type is one of the following info Displays general chassis configuration information ip Displays IP configuration information boot Displays the boot choices tftp Displays information about the TFTP server tests Displays test information devices Displays information about the boot devices environment Displays information about the SSF module and chassis 202086 B 2 13 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface If you do not specify a configuration type the CLI displays all the configuration information Figure 2 6 shows sample output for the show command monitor gt show boot User Selected Boot Sources Primary pemcia acc2 0 0 b9 Secondary flash acc2 0 0 Tertiary net Config nvram Autoboot is enabled Factory defaults is disabled Switch port isolation is disabled Figure 2 6 Output for the show Command Quit Command The quit command ends your Boot Monitor CLI session and reboots the Accelar 1000 Series chassis 2 14 202086 B Chapter 3 Run Time CLI Description In Accelar 1000 Series routing switches the run time CLI commands enable you to display and modify the routing switch configuration while the switch is operating This chapter includes information about the run time CLI in the Accelar software It includes the following sections e System and Station Requirements this page
274. sic OSPF information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats ospf main lt ports gt Figure 6 52 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports stats ospf main Port Stats Ospf PORT_NUM RX_HELLO TX_HELLO RXDB_DESCR TXDB_DESCR RXLS_UPDATE TXLS_UPDATE 3 1 22909 22890 6 7 56411 3 2 0 22890 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 52 Output for the show ports stats ospf main Command show ports stats ospf extended This command displays extended OSPF information about the specified port or for all ports using the syntax show ports stats interfac xtended lt ports gt Figure 6 53 is a sample display Accelar 105X show ports stats ospf extended Port Stats Ospf Extended PORT NUM RXLS REOS TXLS REOS RXLS ACKS TXLS_ACKS 3 1 0 4 129 1913 3 2 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 53 Output for the show ports stats ospf extended Command 202086 B 6 49 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan ip ospf Commands The config vian ip ospf commands set OSPF parameters for the specified VLAN vid range is 1 to 4095 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config vlan lt vid gt ip ospf followed by info advertise when down lt enable disable gt enable disable area lt ipaddr gt authentication key lt string gt authentication type lt auth type gt dead interval lt seconds gt Displays OSPF
275. spflany rip gateway list addrlist id rip interface list listid rip metric lt rip metric gt Sets the RIP announce policy range network list The range is 0 to 1000 Removes a route source from the announce policy Identifies the RIP gateway lists that are associated with this policy The RIP gateway list ID 0 to 1000 applies only to RIP sourced routes if RIP is included as a route source Indicates the entries in the RIP interface lists that are associated with this policy The RIP interface list ID 0 to 1000 applies only to RIP sourced routes if RIP is included as a route source Sets the RIP external metric 0 to 15 for the policy the external metric to use when advertising a route that matches this policy Meaningful only if the set action is announce Accelar 105X config ip policy rip announce 3 info create delete name enable exact net list range net list rip gateway list rip interface list ospf router list announce interface list 0 advertise net list precedence rourte soufce action ospf route type rip metric Figure 7 7 N A POLICY 3 true 0 O OoOO e any ignore any 0 Output for the config ip policy rip announce info Command 7 12 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters show ip policy Commands The following commands provide information about the IP policies that are set up on the switch show ip policy addrlist info This command
276. splays information about the configured IGMP sender source using the syntax show vlan igmp snoop senders info vid Figure 5 42 is a sample output Accelar 1200 show vlan igmp snoop senders info Vlan Igmp Snoop Info Sender VLANID GROUP PORT HOST ADDRESS 100 225 1 2 5 1 13 192 28 1 4 Figure 5 42 Output for show vlan igmp snoop senders info Command 5 34 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features show vlan igmp snoop static This command uses the format show vlan igmp snoop static lt vid gt The command displays information about the static IGMP groups for all VLANs or for the specified VLAN Figure 5 43 Accelar 1200 show vlan igmp snoop static Vlan Igmp Snoop Static VLANID GROUP PORT s 100 225 1 2 5 3 15 Figure 5 43 Output for the show vlan igmp snoop static Command 202086 B 5 35 Chapter 6 Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features This chapter describes the CLI commands that are used to configure layer 3 routing functions in the Accelar 1000 Series routing switch The chapter includes sections about the following command groups used to configure routing characteristics IP Routing Commands page 6 2 IP ARP Commands page 6 10 DHCP Relay Commands page 6 16 UDP Commands page 6 21 RIP Commands page 6 25 OSPF Commands page 6 34 VRRP Commands page 6 52 IP Multicast Commands page 6 58 DVMRP Commands page 6 61 La
277. stop fabric Stops the current switch fabric test stop loopback ports Stops the current loopback test ports stats ports Clears port statistics from the switch counters Note To be able to test a port in loopback mode the port must first be put into the testing state using the command config ethernet port state test After completing the test the port should be put back into normal mode using the command config ethernet port state enable 3 22 202086 B Run Time CLI Description show test Commands The show test commands provide information about tests that were run on the switch The following commands are included show test artable e show test fabric e show test loopback show test artable This command displays information about the AR table test results A sample output is shown in Figure 3 10 Accelar 11004 show test artable Currently no test is running Last test results IfIndex 0 Result none PassCount 0 FailCount 0 Figure 3 10 Output for the show test artable Command show test fabric This command displays the result of the latest switch fabric test Figure 3 11 Accelar 11004 show test fabric Currently no test is running Last test results IfIndex 0 Result none PassCount 0 FailCount 0 Figure 3 11 Output for the show test fabric Command 202086 B 3 23 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show test loo
278. t lt contact gt config sys set eoc mode lt eocmode gt config sys set flags autoboot lt true false gt page 4 17 config sys set flags factorydefault lt true false gt config sys set flags switchportiso lt true false gt config sys set flags debugmode lt true false gt config sys set flags highpriomode lt true false gt config sys set flags info A 14 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config sys set info page 4 18 config sys set location lt location gt config sys set name lt prompt gt config sys set portlock on off config sys set sendtrap lt true false gt config sys set snmp community ro rw I2 I3 rwa lt commstr gt config sys set snmp info config sys set snmp trap recv lt ipaddr gt lt v1 v2c gt lt commstr gt config sys set topology on off config sys syslog host id address lt ipaddr gt page 4 23 config sys syslog host id create config sys syslog host id delete config sys syslog host id facility facility config sys syslog host id host lt enable disable gt config sys syslog host id info config sys syslog host id mapinfo level config sys syslog host id mapwarning level config sys syslog host id maperror level config sys syslog host id mapfatal level config sys syslog host id severity lt info warning error fatal gt lt info warning error fatal gt config s
279. t ipaddr gt maxttl lt maxttl gt config ip udpfwd interface lt ipaddr gt udpportfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt config ip udpfwd portfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt add portfwd lt udpport gt ipaddr config ip udpfwd portfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt create config ip udpfwd portfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt delete config ip udpfwd portfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt info config ip udpfwd portfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt name lt name gt config ip udpfwd portfwdlist lt fwdlistid gt remove portfwd lt udpport gt lt ipaddr gt config ip udpfwd protocol lt updport gt create lt protoname gt config ip udpfwd protocol lt updport gt delete config ip udpfwd protocol lt updport gt info config ipx forwarding disable lt IPX network number gt page 6 77 config ipx forwarding enable lt IPX network number gt config ipx forwarding info config ipx info 202086 B A 11 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config ipx rip default delay lt delay timer gt config ipx rip default hold multiplier lt hold multiplier gt config ipx rip default interval lt interval timer gt config ipx rip hold multiplier lt IPX network number gt lt hold multiplier gt config ipx rip info config ipx rip update delay lt IPX network number gt lt delay timer gt config ipx rip update interval lt IPX network number gt lt interval timer gt page 6 82 config
280. t value gt lt cmd gt squeeze lt device gt telnet lt ipaddr gt rlogin lt ipaddr gt Save lt devfile gt standb yl Copies a file from one device to another e lt srcdevfile gt is the source device flash PCMCIA configuration TFTP etc and file name e destdevfile is the destination device and file name debug allows you to debug the CLI script output Deletes a file from a boot device e devfile is the destination device and file name Lists the files on a boot device e devfile is the destination device and file name e value is the user login name string Formats the flash module or PCMCIA card device is flash or PCMCIA Recovers files marked for deletion from the flash module or PCMCIA card e device is flash or PCMCIA Executes a shell command on a remote machine ipaddr is the IP address e value is the user login name string e cmd is the command to execute on remote host string Reclaims space occupied by files marked for deletion on the flash module e device is flash or PCMCIA Allows you to set up a Telnet session to a remote device ipaddr is the IP address Allows remote login to a remote device ipaddr is the IP address Saves your configuration e devfile is the destination device and file name standby is the standby or backup destination for example standby NVRAM Figure 3 9 show
281. tch to save or not save the mirror configuration information To monitor port 1 1 with output on port 1 16 use the following commands Accelar 1100 config mirror inportl 1 1 enable Accelar 1100 config mirror outport 1 16 enable Accelar 11004 config mirror saveconfig true 5 10 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features If using a network sniffer connect the sniffer to port 1 16 show mirrorinfo This command displays information about mirrored ports on the switch Figure 5 11 Accelar 1100 show mirrorinfo TYPE PORTS STATUS inportl 1 1 true inport2 0 0 false outport 1 16 true saveconfig true Figure 5 11 Output for the show mirrorinfo Command Multi Link Trunking Commands These commands control Multi Link Trunking MLT on the switch MLT is a point to point connection that aggregates multiple ports so that they logically act like a single port with the aggregated bandwidth Note Implementation of MLT requires hardware that is ARU2 or above A or B modules or later config mit Commands The config mlt commands set up MLT on the switch and have the parameter mid forthe Multi Link Trunk ID 1 to 8 and the following syntax and parameters config mlt mid followed by info Displays current settings for the MLT Figure 5 12 add info Displays ports and VLANs added to the MLT Figure 5 13 202086 B Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Inter
282. terface The range is 1 to 31 show ip dvmrp Commands These commands display information about DVMRP as set on the switch show ip dvmrp info This command displays information about the general DVMRP group Figure 6 69 is a sample display Accelar 1100 show ip dvmrp info Dvmrp General Group AdminStat enabled Genid 497 Version 3 NumRoutes 08 NumReachableRoutes 8 UpdateInterval 60 TriggeredUpdateInterval 5 LeafTimeOut 200 brTimeOut 35 brProbeInterval 10 Figure 6 69 Output for the show ip dvmrp info Command 202086 B 6 63 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ip dvmrp interface This command displays information about the DVMRP interface set up on the switch Figure 6 70 is a sample output Accelar 1100 show ip dvmrp interface Dvmrp Interface IF ADDR METRIC OPERSTAT Port3 1 192 168 200 212 1 up Port3 7 192 168 240 212 1 up Port3 16 10 10 20 212 i down Figure 6 70 Output for the show ip dvmrp interface Command show ip dvmrp neighbor This command displays information about the configured DVMRP neighbor Figure 6 71 is a sample output Accelar 1100 show ip dvmrp neighbor Dvmrp Neighbor INTERFACE ADDRESS EXPIRE GENID MAJVER MINVER CAPABILITY STATE Port3 1 192 168 200 211 30 464 3 255 6 active Port3 7 192 168 240 2 30 1166644780 3 255 6 active Figure 6 71 Outp
283. tes free directly from the Internet Go to support baynetworks com library tpubs Find the Bay Networks product for which you need documentation Then locate the specific category and model or version for your hardware or software product Using Adobe Acrobat Reader you can open the manuals and release notes search for the sections you need and print them on most standard printers You can download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe Systems Web site www adobe com xxxii 202086 B Preface You can purchase Bay Networks documentation sets CDs and selected technical publications through the Bay Networks Collateral Catalog The catalog is located on the World Wide Web at support baynetworks com catalog html and is divided into sections arranged alphabetically e The CD ROMs section lists available CDs e The Guides Books section lists books on technical topics e The Technical Manuals section lists available printed documentation sets Make a note of the part numbers and prices of the items that you want to order Use the Marketing Collateral Catalog description link to place an order and to print the order form For more information about networking concepts protocols and topologies you may want to consult the following sources e RFC1058 RIP version 1 e RFC 1723 RIP version 2 e RFC 1213 IP e RFC 1389 RIP 2 Management Information Base e RFC 1493 Bridge MIB e RFC 1573 IANAIf Type e RF
284. the command in the form portlist slot port slot port The port based OSPF commands have the following syntax and parameters config ethernet lt port gt ip ospf followed by info advertise when down lt enable disable gt enable disable area lt ipaddr gt authentication key lt string gt authentication type lt auth type gt dead interval lt seconds gt Displays OSPF characteristics on the port Figure 6 49 If enabled the network on this interface will be advertised as up even if the port is down The default is disabled Note When you configure a port without any link and enable advertise when down it will not advertise your route until the port is active Then the route will be advertised even when the link is down To disable advertising based on link status this parameter should be disabled Enables OSPF on the port Disables OSPF on the port Sets the OSPF identification number for the area typically formatted as an IP address Is the authentication key for the port OSPF interface Specify the key as a simple password with eight characters string Sets the OSPF authentication type for the port none simple password or MD5 authentication If simple all OSPF updates received by the interface must contain the authentication key specified by the area authentication key command If MD5 they must contain the md5 key Sets the router OSPF dead interval the number of seco
285. the link speed and duplex settings the settings can be manually configured for a link Check the Bay Networks Web site baynetworks com for the latest compatibility information Accelar 1100 config ethernet 3 1 info Port 3 1 lock active auto negotiate duplex high priority speed unknown mac discard default vlan id tagged frames discard perform tagging untagged frames discard state linktrap Figure 5 1 false right true half false 10 disable 1 disable disable disable up enable Output for the config ethernet info Command 202086 B 5 3 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface show ports Commands The following show ports commands display information about the switching setup operation and counters for all ports or specific ports You can find definitions for the displayed fields in Reference for Accelar Management Software Switching Operations The show ports commands relating to routing operation are listed in Chapter 6 Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features The following commands are included in this section e show ports error collision e show ports error extended e show ports error main e show ports info config e show ports info interface e show ports stats bridging e show ports stats interface main e show ports stats interface extended show ports error collision This command uses the syntax show ports error collision lt po
286. the protocol type for the filter where protocol type is ignore ICMP e TCP UDP src port port Sets the TCP UDP source port and source option src option lt value gt port is the TCP UDP source port to filter on 0 to 65535 e src option value is the option ignore equal less greater notequal Accelar 1200 config ip traffic filter filter 3 match info src port 23 src option equal dst port 23 dst option equal protocol tcp packet limit 0 Figure 7 23 Output for the config ip traffic filter filter match info Command config ip traffic filter global set Commands These commands are used to configure the IP traffic filter global list where setid is the global set ID 1 to 100 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip traffic filter global set setid followed by info Displays the global set characteristics Figure 7 24 add filter fid Adds a global filter to a global set with the traffic filter ID range of 1 to 4000 create name value Creates a global set where name value is the set name string 7 24 202086 B Configuring IP Flow Policies and Filters config ip traffic filter global set lt setid gt followed by delete Deletes a global set remove filter fid Removes a global filter from a global set Accelar 12004 config ip traffic filter global set 1 info create name Admin One delete N A ad
287. the router switch automatically aggregates routes to their natural mask when they are advertised on an interface in a different class network The default is disable 202086 B 6 31 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan lt vid gt ip rip followed by default listen lt enable disable gt default supply lt enable disable gt disable enable listen lt enable disable gt manualtrigger poison lt enable disable gt supply lt enable disable gt trigger lt enable disable gt Allows the user to enable or disable setting RIP listen to accept the default route via RIP Disables RIP on the VLAN This is the default setting Enables RIP on the VLAN Allows the user to send a default route only if one exists in the routing table Configures whether or not the switch will listen for a default route without listening for any other routes Allows you to manually issue a RIP update Sets whether or not RIP routes on the VLAN learned from a neighbor are advertised back to the neighbor If disabled split horizon is invoked and IP routes learned from an immediate neighbor are not advertised back to the neighbor If enabled the RIP updates sent to a neighbor from which a route is learned are poisoned with a metric of 16 Therefore the receiver neighbor will ignore this route because the metric 16 indicates infinite hops in the network Configures whether or not
288. the show vlan info ospf Command sees 6 52 Output for the config ethernet ports ip vrrp info Command 6 53 Output for the show ports info vrrp main Command sss 6 54 Output for the show ports info vrrp extended Command 6 54 Output for the config vlan ip vrrp info Command 6 56 Output for the show vlan info vrrp main Command sssssss 6 56 Output for the show vlan info vrrp extended Command 6 57 Output for the show ip vrrp info Command sees 8 57 Output for the show ip vrrp stats Command eesesess 6 58 Output for the show ip mroute interface Command ss 6 59 Output for the show ip mroute next hop Command sssse 6 60 Output for the show ip mroute route Command sues 6 60 Output for the show ports stats routing Command 6 61 Output for the config ip dvmrp info Command sss 6 62 Output for the show ip dvmrp info Command sss 6 63 Output for the show ip dvmrp interface Command 6 64 xxi xxii Figure 6 71 Figure 6 72 Figure 6 73 Figure 6 74 Figure 6 75 Figure 6 76 Figure 6 77 Figure 6 78 Figure 6 79 Figure 6 80 Figure 6 81 Figure 6 82 Figure 6 8
289. through a router tick count is the number of ticks 1 18th of a second To create a default route enter FF FF FF FE as the IPX network number Deletes the static IPX network route 202086 B 6 79 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 config ipx static route info create delete N A Figure 6 88 Output for the config ipx static route info Command config ipx rip Commands These commands are used to configure Routing Information Protocol RIP on IPX interfaces Three timing parameters hold multiplier delay timer and interval timer control IPX RIP behavior If the global default parameters are going to be different from the factory default they should be set prior to setting individual interface parameters The config ipx rip info command displays IPX RIP settings on the switch Figure 6 89 Accelar 1100 config ipx rip info default delay 50 msec default hold multiplier 3 default interval 60 hold multiplier IPX network number Oxabcd0003 hold multiplier 3 update delay IPX network number Oxabcd0003 update delay 50 msec update interval IPX network number Oxabcd0003 update interval 60 msec Figure 6 89 Output for the config ipx rip info Command 6 80 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features config ipx rip default These commands set the IPX RIP default values using the following syntax and parameters con
290. tor Command Line Interface Boot Monitor Command List For the Boot Monitor command list enter help commands at the monitor prompt Figure 2 1 shows the Boot Monitor commands monitor gt help boot boot an image from a device choices change boot order copy copy file to device date read realtime clock delete delete file from device devices enable disable boot devices directory list files on device flags change boot flags format format device help enter help lt command gt for additional information history list command history ip change ip address information for the diag port if present log system log file information ping ping an ip address on a network from the diag port if present recover recover deleted files on a device reset reset the system save save changes to boot configuration setdate write realtime clock show display boot configuration squeeze reclaim deleted file space on a device tests enable disable device boot up tests tftp change tftp server information trace system trace file information quit quit menu and boot 2 enter help command for additional information Figure 2 1 Output for the help Command in the Boot Monitor CLI For information about the boot load process refer to page 1 4 202086 B 2 3 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table 2 1 lists the commands in the Boot Monitor CLI and the reference page numbers where you can find
291. ts Command see 5 14 Output for the config stg info Command esses 5216 Output for the config ethernet stg info Command ssus 5 17 Output for the show stg info config Command sese 5 18 Output for the show stg info status Command l 5 18 Output for the show ports info stg main Command sssse 5 19 Output for the show ports info stg extended Command 5 19 Output for the show ports stats stg Command sssssususs 5 20 Output for the config vlan create info Command ssssss 5 22 Output for the config vlan info Command esses 5228 Output for the config vlan ports info Command uuuseussss 5228 Output for the config vlan sremac info Command suuuuuse 5 23 Output for the show vlan info basic Command suus 5 24 Output for the show vlan info advance Command suss 5 24 Output for the show vlan info ports Command usuusssss 5 25 Output for the show vlan info sremac Command suuuuse 5 25 Output for the config vlan fdb entry info Command suse 5 27 Output for the config vlan fdb filter info Command ssusssss 5 28 Output for the config vlan fdb filter notallowfrom info Command 5 28 Output
292. tware solely for backup purposes in support of authorized use of the Software and c to use and copy the associated user manual solely in support of authorized use of the Software by Licensee This license applies to the Software only and does not extend to Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products are licensed for use under the terms of the applicable Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement that accompanies such software and upon payment by the end user of the applicable license fees for such software 2 Restrictions on use reservation of rights The Software and user manuals are protected under copyright laws Bay Networks and or its licensors retain all title and ownership in both the Software and user manuals including any revisions made by Bay Networks or its licensors The copyright notice must be reproduced and included with any copy of any portion of the Software or user manuals Licensee may not modify translate decompile disassemble use for any competitive analysis reverse engineer distribute or create derivative works from the Software or user manuals or any copy in whole or in part Except as expressly provided in this Agreement Licensee may not copy or transfer the Software or user manuals in whole or in part The Software and user manuals embody Bay Networks and its licensors confidential and proprietary intellectual property
293. uding the configuration file e Manage the NVRAM flash file system e Configure and change IP parameters for system devices e Change boot flags e Reset or reboot the system with the default configuration e Reset or reboot the system from a different boot source This chapter describes the Boot Monitor CLI and covers the following topics e System and Station Requirements page 2 2 e Accessing the Boot Monitor CLI page 2 2 e Boot Monitor Command List page 2 3 202086 B 2 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface System and Station Requirements You can use any terminal or personal computer PC with a terminal emulator as the CLI command station Be sure the terminal has the following features e 9600 bits per second b s 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity no flow control e Serial terminal emulation program such as Terminal or Hyperterm for Windows NT or Hyperterm for Windows 95 or 98 e Cable and connector to match the Accelar switch male DTE connector DB 9 Accessing the Boot Monitor CLI To access the Boot Monitor CLI do one of the following e Interrupt the boot sequence by pressing a key at the following prompt Press any key to stop autoboot e From the Run Time CLI enter the following commands then reboot config sys set flags autoboot false save When you enter the Boot Monitor CLI the following prompt is displayed monitor 2 2 202086 B Boot Moni
294. upAddress gt create ports lt static blocked gt config vlan lt vid gt igmp snoop static members lt GroupAddress gt delete config vlan vid igmp snoop static members lt GroupAddress gt info config vlan lt vid gt igmp snoop static members lt GroupAddress gt remove lt ports gt lt static blocked gt config vlan lt vid gt info page 5 22 A 16 202086 B CLI Command List Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config vlan vid ip create lt ipaddr mask gt config vlan lt vid gt ip delete lt ipaddr gt page 6 9 config vlan lt vid gt ip dhcp relay broadcast lt enable disable gt config vlan lt vid gt ip dhcp relay disable config vlan lt vid gt ip dhcp relay enable config vlan vid ip dhcp relay info config vlan vid ip dhcp relay max hop lt max hop gt config vlan vid ip dhcp relay min sec lt min sec gt config vlan vid ip dhcp relay mode mode config vlan vid ip dhcp relay relay agent value server value mode value config vlan vid ip dhcp relay to agent value server value state value page 6 21 config vlan vid ip dvmrp enable config vlan vid ip dvmrp disable config vlan vid ip dvmrp info config vlan vid ip dvmrp metric lt cost gt page 6 69 config vlan vid ip I3 igmp info config vlan vid ip I3 igmp last memb query int lt seconds gt config vlan vid ip I3 igmp query
295. ut for the show ip dvmrp neighbor Command show ip dvmrp next hop This display shows information about the DVMRP next hop Figure 6 72 is a sample output 6 64 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 1100 show ip dvmrp next hop Dvmrp Next Hop SOURCE MASK INTERFACE TYPE 0 10 20 0 299732994 290 00 Port3 1 10 10 20 0 255 255 255 0 Port3 7 leaf 72 28 0 0 255 255 0 0 Port3 1 172 28 0 0 255 255 0 0 Port3 7 192 168 200 0 255 255 255 0 Port3 1 192 168 200 0 255 255 255 0 Port3 7 branch 192 168 210 0 255 255 255 0 Port3 1 branch 192 168 210 0 295 255 255 0 Port3 7 192 168 220 0 295 255 255 0 Port3 1 branch 192 168 220 0 2998299 8259 60 Port3 7 192 168 230 0 29542955 255 0 Port3 1 192 168 230 0 295 255 255 0 Port3 7 branch Figure 6 72 Output for the show ip dvmpr next hop Command show ip dvmrp route This command displays information about the DVMRP route Figure 6 73 is a sample output Accelar 1100 show ip dvmrp route Dvmrp Route SOURCE MASK UPSTREAM NBR INTERFACE METRIC EXPIRE 10 10 20 0 299 255 2550 192 168 200 211 Port3 1 3 315 172 28 0 0 2594259400 192 168 200 211 Port3 1 3 315 192 168 200 0 2094290 20060 0 0 0 0 Port3 1 1 235 192 168 210 0 255 255 255 0 192 168 240 2 Port3 7 2 320 192 168 220 0 209 255 2550 192 168 240 2 Port3 7 2 320 192 168 230 0 255 255 255 0 192 168 200 211 Port3 1 2 315 192 168 231 0 25929929940 192 168
296. uting switch does not automatically lt true false gt reboot following a fatal error If true the switch is not rebooted following a fatal error If false the switch is automatically rebooted following a fatal error The default is false highpriomode Enables high priority switching An Accelar switch can operate lt true false gt in either of two modes Best Effort or Priority mode The factory default setting is Best Effort mode where all traffic is treated with the same priority In Priority mode high priority traffic flows through the switch fabric using a high priority data path output buffers are reserved for high priority traffic 202086 B 4 17 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 config sys set flags info autoboot true factorydefault false switchportiso false debugmode false highpriomode false Figure 4 16 Output for the config sys set flags info Command Note When changing configuration parameters using the config sys set flags commands you must save the changes by typing save and reboot before they take effect Other config sys set Commands In addition to the config sys set action and config sys set flags commands these additional system set commands are available with the following parameters config sys set followed by info Displays current settings Figure 4 17 boot Sets the boot choice for the switch lt prima
297. val gt stp lt enable disable gt Sets the contribution of this port to the path cost lt intval gt is the cost 1 to 65535 Sets the priority of this port intval is the priority 0 to 255 Enables or disable Spanning Tree Protocol Accelar 1100 config ethernet 3 1 stg 1 info Port 3 1 faststart pathcost priority stg disable 100 128 enable Figure 5 19 Output for the config ethernet stg info Command show stg Commands These commands display the status of spanning tree on the switch or on a port show stg info config This command displays the spanning tree group configuration for the switch or for the specified spanning tree group using the syntax show stg info config lt sid gt Figure 5 20 is a sample output 202086 B 5 17 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 105X show stg info config Stg Config STG BRIDGE BRIDGE FORWARD ENABLE STPTRAP ID PRIORITY MAX_AGE HELLO_TIME DELAY STP TRAP 1 32768 2000 200 1500 true true STG TAGGBPDU TAGGBPDU PORT ID ADDRESS VLAN_ID MEMBER 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 1 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 12 Figure 5 20 Output for the show stg info config Command show stg info status This command displays the spanning tree group status for the specified spanning tree group or all STGs using the syntax show stg info status lt sid gt Figure 5 21 is a sample output
298. ve spanning tree enabled 202086 B 5 15 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Accelar 1100 config stg 1 info add ports 3 1 3 16 create ad delete N A forward delay 1500 group stp t true hello interval 200 max age 2000 priority 32768 remove ports N A trap stp 7 true Figure 5 18 Output for the config stg info Command config ethernet ports stg Commands These commands configure parameters for the ports in the specified spanning tree group They use the syntax config ethernet lt ports gt stg lt sid gt where ports is the port or list of ports on which you are running the command slot port slot port sid gt is the spanning tree group ID from 1 to 25 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ethernet lt ports gt stg lt sid gt followed by info Displays current settings for the port spanning tree group Figure 5 19 faststart lt enable disable gt Enables or disables the FastStart feature When FastStart is enabled the port goes through the normal listening and learning states before forwarding but the hold time for these states is the bridge hello timer 2 seconds by default instead of the bridge forward delay timer 15 seconds by default 5 16 202086 B Configuring Layer 2 Features config ethernet lt ports gt stg lt sid gt followed by pathcost lt intval gt priority lt int
299. vid is the VLAN ID from 2 to 4095 VLAN 1 is the default VLAN config vlan vid create followed by create byport sid name value create byprotocol sid iplipx802dot3 ipx802dot 2 ipxSnaplipxEthernet2 a ppleTalk decLat decOther sna802dot2 snaEthernet2 netBios xns vines ipV6 usrDefined rarp gt pid name value create by ipsubnet sid lt ipaddr mask gt name lt value gt create bysrcmac sid name value create info Creates a port based VLAN with spanning tree ID 1 to 25 The name value is the name of the VLAN string Creates a protocol based VLAN with spanning tree ID 1 to 25 e pidis a user defined protocol ID number in hex 0 to 65535 name value is the name of the VLAN string Creates an IP subnet based VLAN with spanning tree ID 1 to 25 e ipaddr mask is the IP address and mask a b c d x a b c d x x x x default name value is the name of the VLAN string Creates a VLAN by source MAC address with spanning tree ID 1 to 25 name value is the name of the VLAN string Displays information about the type of the specified VLAN Figure 5 25 202086 B 5 21 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config vlan General Commands Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 create info byport sid 1 name Default Figure 5 25 Output for the config vlan create info Command Where all
300. vlan lt vid gt ip followed by proxy disable proxy enable proxy info resp disable resp enable resp info Disables proxy ARP on the VLAN This is the default state Enables proxy ARP on the VLAN Displays VLAN proxy ARP status Figure 6 19 Disables ARP response on the VLAN Enables ARP response on the VLAN This state is the default state Displays VLAN ARP response status Figure 6 20 6 14 202086 B Configuring Layer 3 Protocol Features Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip proxy info proxy disable Figure 6 19 Output for the config vlan ip proxy info Command Accelar 1100 config vlan 1 ip resp info resp enable Figure 6 20 Output for the config vian ip resp info Command show vlan info arp This command displays the ARP configuration for all VLANs or the specified VLAN and uses the syntax show vlan info arp lt vid gt A sample output is shown in Figure 6 21 Accelar 105X show vlan info arp Vlan Arp VLAN ID DOPROXY DORESP 1 false true 2 false true 3 false true 4 false true 5 false true 6 false true 7 false true Figure 6 21 Output for the show vlan info arp Command 202086 B 6 15 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface DHCP Relay Commands Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP an extension of the Bootstrap Protocol BootP is used to dynamically provide host configuration information to the workstations Use th
301. w ip ospf neighbors show ip ospf range show ip ospf stats show ip policy addrlist info id lt value gt page 7 13 show ip policy netlist info id lt value gt page 7 14 show ip policy ospf accept info id lt value gt page 7 14 show ip policy ospf accept lists id lt value gt show ip policy ospf accept match network lt value gt show ip policy ospf announce info id lt value gt page 7 16 show ip policy ospf announce lists id lt value gt show ip policy ospf announce match network lt value gt show ip policy rip accept info id lt value gt page 7 17 show ip policy rip accept lists id lt value gt show ip policy rip accept match network lt value gt show ip policy rip announce info id lt value gt page 7 18 show ip policy rip announce lists id lt value gt show ip policy rip announce match network lt value gt show ip route discovery page 6 5 show ip rip info page 6 28 show ip rip interface lt ipaddr gt show ip route info lt ip address gt s lt value gt 202086 B A 21 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No show ip traffic filter active page 7 26 show ip traffic filter destination lt fid gt show ip traffic filter disabled lt ports gt show ip traffic filter enabled lt ports gt show ip traffic filter global lt fid gt show ip traffic filter in
302. w trace file Command 2 e ecceeeeeeeeeteeteeeenees 9 25 Output for the show trace level Command sssssssssssss 3 26 xvii xviii Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 4 7 Figure 4 8 Figure 4 9 Figure 4 10 Figure 4 11 Figure 4 12 Figure 4 13 Figure 4 14 Figure 4 15 Figure 4 16 Figure 4 17 Figure 4 18 Figure 4 19 Figure 4 20 Figure 4 21 Figure 4 22 Figure 4 23 Figure 4 24 Figure 4 25 Figure 4 26 Figure 4 27 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Partial Output for the show config Command sese 4 3 Partial Output for the show tech Command 1 nno 4 5 Output for the config c info Command iuesuseie ce eer theo RR Eni 4 6 Output far the show cf info Command 12er prec aa nite da dnte maa x dae pe 4 6 Output for the show cli who Command sss 4 7 Output for the config cli password info Command esses 4 7 Output for the show cli password Command sss 4 8 Output for the config log info Command 1e ar doors rarae 4 9 Output for the show log file tail Command ssesusussus 4 10 Output for the show log level Command eese 4 11 Ootput for the show rmon COMMANA 15 cese statera tm th cp tete 4 12 Output for the config sys access policy policy Command
303. witch and the commands executed as though they were typed at a console session Trace Logs For debugging purposes the routing switch creates a trace log with diagnostic messages The trace log is not normally activated so it is not normally accessed by end users The file system commands refer to the reserved trace area for the trace log so this information is presented for completeness Devices and File Names The Accelar 1000 Series file system supports both file naming and a simple scheme of referencing the number of the file on the device In addition there are reserved device names for reserved areas in flash memory 140 202086 B Accelar Basics System Flash and PCMCIA File Names Both System Flash and PCMCIA support file names File names can be up to 31 characters long and can include printable characters and spaces File names must begin with a nonnumeric character The general form of file names is lt device gt lt filename gt lt device gt flash pcmcia lt filename gt the filename If the file name includes spaces the entire file name should be enclosed in quotes when used as an argument for a command For example the command copy flash acc2_x_x pcmcia old image file copies the acc2_x_x in System Flash to the file old image file on PCMCIA Note that duplicate file names are allowed on a given device In that case the file name with the highest file number the last nondeleted fi
304. ws only TCP connections established from within the network enabled or allows bidirectional establishment disabled Enables or disables the traffic filter use packet limit option Accelar 1100 config ip traffic filter filter 1 action info mode mirror high priority tep connect use pkt limit not not t not not not created created created created created Figure 7 22 Output for the config ip traffic filter filter action info Command config ip traffic filter filter match Commands These commands are the traffic filter match commands where lt fid gt is the traffic filter ID 1 to 4000 The commands use the following syntax and parameters config ip traffic filter filter fid match followed by info dst port port dst option lt value gt packet limit pktlimit Displays the matching settings for the filter Figure 7 23 Sets the TCP UDP destination port and destination option port is the TCP UDP destination port to filter on 0 to 65535 dst option value is the TCP UDP destination port option ignore equal less greater notequal Sets the packet limit number of hits for the filter When the limit is reached the filter will stop applying action The range is 0 to 65535 202086 B 7 23 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface config ip traffic filter filter fid match followed by protocol protocoltype Sets
305. yer 3 IGMP Commands page 6 68 IPX Commands page 6 75 202086 B 6 1 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface IP Routing Commands The general IP routing commands allow to you enable and disable IP forwarding routing on the switch ports and or VLAN config ip Commands The general config ip commands take the following syntax and format config ip followed by info default ttl lt seconds gt forwarding disable forwarding enable forwarding info mroute interface lt ipaddr gt ttl lt ttl gt route discovery disable route discovery enable route discovery info Displays current default time to live characteristics Figure 6 1 Sets the default time to live value for routing the maximum number of seconds before a packet is discarded The default value inserted in the ttl field whenever one is not supplied in the datagram header Range is 1 to 255 Disables IP forwarding routing on the entire switch IP routing is disabled allowing you to manage an Accelar routing switch over a network without forcing the switch to also perform routing Default is disable Enables IP forwarding routing on the entire switch Displays IP forwarding status Figure 6 2 Sets the default time to live for the multicast route interface Disables Internet Router Discovery Protocol IRDP This command will be fully implemented in a future release Enables IRDP T
306. ys syslog host id udp port lt port gt config sys syslog info config sys syslog max hosts lt maxhost gt config sys syslog state lt enable disable gt config vlan lt vid gt action action choice gt page 5 22 config vlan vid agetime lt 10 100000 gt config vlan vid create byport sid name lt value gt config vlan vid create byprotocol sid lt ip ipx802dot3 ipx802dot2 ipxSnap ipxEthernet2 appleTalk decLat decOther sna802 dot2 snaEthernet2 netBios xns vines ipV6 usrDefined rarp gt pid name lt value gt config vlan vid create byipsubnet lt sid gt lt ipaddr mask gt name lt value gt config vlan vid create bysrcmac lt sid gt name lt value gt config vlan lt vid gt create info config vlan lt vid gt delete 202086 B A 15 Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command Line Interface Table A 1 CLI Command List continued Command Page No config vlan lt vid gt fdb entry aging time lt seconds gt page 5 26 config vlan lt vid gt fdb entry flush config vlan vid fdb entry info config vlan vid fdb entry monitor lt mac gt status value lt true false gt config vlan vid fdb entry priority mac status value lt high low gt config vlan vid fdb filter add lt mac gt port lt value gt config vlan vid fdb filter info config vlan vid fdb filter notallowfrom add mac port lt value gt config vlan vid fdb filter notall
307. zed until later in the boot process Stage 2 Boot Configuration Load After the bootstrap image loads the boot configuration is loaded The boot configuration resides in boot flash memory on the SSF module it consists of parameters that control how the boot process proceeds and how the devices initialized by the boot monitor are configured For information about boot monitor commands refer to Chapter 2 Boot Monitor Command Line Interface 202086 B Accelar Basics The boot monitor parameters are described in Table 1 1 Table 1 1 Boot Monitor Parameters Parameter Description Autoboot Switch automatically proceeds to stage 3 If you do not want Factory Configuration Isolate All I O Ports Run time Image Sources Config File IP Address TFTP Server autoboot to proceed the sequence can be interrupted at stage 2 via the console port Determines whether the factory default configuration or a user defined configuration is used For more information refer to Stage 4 Routing Switch Configuration Load Disables all bridging and routing and isolates all I O ports Specifies up to three run time image sources and the order in which they should be loaded For more information about this process refer to Stage 3 Run Time Image Load Allows you to specify which configuration file to use as the boot source flash PCMCIA or a script file If not specified the boot file is used The IP address

Reference for the Accelar 1000 Series Command

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents